Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

or

 

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number 000-17859

 

 

NEW HAMPSHIRE THRIFT BANCSHARES, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   02-0430695

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

9 Main Street, PO Box 9

Newport, New Hampshire 03773-0009

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (603) 863-0886

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value   The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Title of class   Name of exchange on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark is the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check is a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

As of March 7, 2014, there were 8,219,376 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding.

As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $94.0 million based on the closing sale price as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

Portions of the proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.

INDEX

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements      ii   
PART I     
Item 1.  

Business

     1   
Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

     17   
Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     20   
Item 2.  

Properties

     21   
Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

     21   
Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     21   
PART II     
Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     22   
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

     23   
Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     23   
Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     43   
Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     43   
Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     44   
Item 9A  

Controls and Procedures

     44   
Item 9B.  

Other Information

     44   
PART III     
Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     44   
Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

     44   
Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     44   
Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     45   
Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     45   
PART IV     
Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     45   

 

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified as such. In addition, certain statements may be contained in the Company’s future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by or with the approval of the Company that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or nonpayment of dividends, capital structure and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations of the Company or its management or Board of Directors, including those relating to products or services or the impact or expected outcome of any legal proceedings; (iii) statements of future economic performance; and (iv) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “targeted,” “continues,” “remains,” “will,” “should,” “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    local, regional, national and international economic conditions and the impact they may have on us and our customers and our assessment of that impact;

 

    continued volatility and disruption in national and international financial markets;

 

    changes in the level of non-performing assets and charge-offs;

 

    changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

 

    adverse conditions in the securities markets that lead to impairment in the value of securities in our investment portfolio;

 

    inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations;

 

    the timely development and acceptance of new products and services and perceived overall value of these products and services by users;

 

    changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits;

 

    technological changes;

 

    acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;

 

    the ability to increase market share and control expenses;

 

    changes in the competitive environment among banks, financial holding companies and other financial service providers;

 

    the effect of changes in laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) with which we must comply;

 

    the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

 

    the costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments including the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews; and

 

    our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Throughout this report, the terms “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to the consolidated entity of New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb (the “Bank”), and the Bank’s subsidiaries, Charter Holding Corp., McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc., Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. and Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PART I.

Item 1. Business

GENERAL

Organization

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware holding company organized on July 5, 1989, is the parent company of Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb (the “Bank”), a federally chartered savings association. The Bank was originally chartered by the State of New Hampshire in 1868 as the Newport Savings Bank. The Bank became a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in 1959 and a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) in 1978. On December 1, 1980, the Bank was the first bank in the United States to convert from a state-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered mutual savings bank. In 1981, the Bank changed its name to “Lake Sunapee Savings Bank, fsb” and in 1994, refined its name to “Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb.” The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.

The Bank is a thrift institution established for the purposes of providing the public with a convenient and safe place to invest funds, for the financing of housing, consumer-oriented products and commercial loans, and for providing a variety of other consumer-oriented financial services. The Bank is a full-service community institution promoting the ideals of thrift, security, home ownership and financial independence for its customers. The Bank’s operations are conducted from its home office located in Newport, New Hampshire and its branch offices located in Andover, Bradford, Claremont, Enfield, Grantham, Guild, Hillsboro, Lebanon, Milford, Nashua, Newbury, New London, Peterborough, Sunapee and West Lebanon, New Hampshire, and Brandon, Pittsford, Rutland, West Rutland, and Woodstock, Vermont.

Through Charter Holding Corp. and its subsidiary, Charter Trust Company, we offer wealth management and trust services. Through McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc. (“McCrillis & Eldredge”) and Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation, we offer insurance services and brokerage services, respectively, to our customers. Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. owns and maintains the Bank’s buildings and investment properties.

Recent Acquisitions

On September 4, 2013, the Bank completed its purchase of all shares of common stock of Charter Holding Corp. (“Charter Holding”) held by Meredith Village Savings Bank (“MVSB”) for a total purchase price of $6.2 million in cash. Prior to the purchase, each of the Bank and MVSB owned 50% of Charter Holding’s outstanding shares of common stock. Following completion of the transaction, the Bank now owns 100% of the outstanding shares of Charter Holding and its subsidiary, Charter Trust Company (“Charter Trust”). Charter Holding is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.

On October 25, 2013, we completed our previously announced acquisition of Central Financial Corporation (“CFC”). Under the terms of the agreement, CFC merged with and into us, with us being the surviving corporation of the merger. Additionally, The Randolph National Bank (“RNB”), a wholly owned subsidiary of CFC, merged with and into the Bank with the Bank continuing as the surviving entity. We issued approximately 1.1 million shares of its common stock to CFC shareholders in the transaction on the basis of 8.699 shares of our common stock for each share of CFC common stock. The total consideration payable to CFC shareholders was valued at approximately $15.9 million based on the October 25, 2013 closing price of $14.64 per share of our common stock.

Employees

At December 31, 2013, we had a total of 331 full-time employees, 30 part-time employees, and 21 per-diem employees. These employees are not represented by collective bargaining agents. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Market Area

Our market area extends from the southern New Hampshire/Massachusetts border-city of Nashua to the north through central and western New Hampshire and central Vermont. It is concentrated in the counties of Hillsborough, Grafton, Merrimack, Sullivan and Cheshire in south, central and western New Hampshire, and the counties of Rutland, Windsor and Orange in central Vermont.

There are several distinct regions within our market area. The first region is centered in Nashua, New Hampshire, the second largest city in the three northern New England states of New Hampshire, Maine and Vermont. Nashua’s downtown is a regional commercial, entertainment, and dining destination. The city, bordering Massachusetts to the south, enjoys a vibrant high-tech industry and a robust retail industry due in part to New Hampshire’s absence of a sales tax. The Upper Valley region is located in the west-central area of New Hampshire, and includes the towns of Lebanon, a commerce and manufacturing center, home to Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center, New Hampshire’s only academic medical center, and Hanover, home of Dartmouth College. The Lake Sunapee region is a popular year-round recreation and resort area that includes both Lake Sunapee and Mount Sunapee.

 

1


Table of Contents

The Monadnock region, in southwestern New Hampshire, is named after Mount Monadnock, the major geographic landmark in the region, and consists of Cheshire, southern Sullivan and western Hillsborough counties. Rutland, Windsor and Orange counties are located in central Vermont. This region is home to many attractions, including Killington Mountain, Okemo Resort, and the city of Rutland. Popular vacation destinations in this region include Woodstock, Brandon, Ludlow and Quechee.

COMPETITION

We face strong competition in the attraction of deposits. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from other thrifts and commercial banks as well as credit unions located in our primary market areas. We face additional significant competition for investors’ funds from mutual funds and other corporate and government securities.

We compete for deposits principally by offering depositors a wide variety of savings programs, a market rate of return, tax-deferred retirement programs and other related services. We do not rely upon any individual, group or entity for a material portion of our deposits.

Our competition for real estate loans comes from mortgage banking companies, other thrift institutions and commercial banks. We compete for loan originations primarily through the interest rates and loan fees we charge and the efficiency and quality of services we provide borrowers, real estate brokers and builders. Our competition for loans varies from time to time depending upon the general availability of lendable funds and credit, general and local economic conditions, current interest rate levels, volatility in the mortgage markets and other factors which are not readily predictable. We have six loan originators on staff who call on real estate agents, follow leads, and are available seven days a week to service the mortgage loan market.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

Our net loan portfolio was $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013, representing approximately 80% of total assets. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 54% of the mortgage loan portfolio had adjustable rates. As of December 31, 2013, we had sold $417.3 million in fixed-rate mortgage loans in an effort to meet customer demands for fixed-rate loans, minimize our interest rate risk, provide liquidity and build a servicing portfolio.

REAL ESTATE LOANS. Our loan origination team solicits conventional residential mortgage loans in the local real estate marketplace. Residential borrowers are frequently referred to us by our existing customers or real estate agents. Generally, we make conventional mortgage loans (loans of 80% of value or less that are neither insured nor partially guaranteed by government agencies) on one- to four-family owner occupied dwellings. We also make residential loans up to 95% of the appraised value if the top 20% of the loan is covered by private mortgage insurance. Residential mortgage loans typically have terms up to 30 years and are amortized on a monthly basis with principal and interest due each month. Currently, we offer one-year, three-year, five-year, seven-year, and ten-year adjustable-rate mortgage loans and long-term fixed-rate loans. Borrowers may prepay loans at their option or refinance their loans on terms agreeable to us. Management believes that, due to prepayments in connection with refinancing and sales of property, the average length of our long-term residential loans is approximately seven years.

The terms of conventional residential mortgage loans originated by us contain a “due-on-sale” clause, which permits us to accelerate the indebtedness of a loan upon the sale or other disposition of the mortgaged property. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of increasing the turnover of mortgage loans in our portfolio.

Commercial real estate loans are solicited by our commercial banking team in our local real estate market. In addition, commercial borrowers are frequently referred to us by our existing customers, local accountants, and attorneys. Generally, we make commercial real estate loans up to 75% of value with terms up to 20 years, amortizing the loans on a monthly basis with principal and interest due each month. Debt service coverage (the amount of cash left over after expenses have been paid) required to cover our interest and principal payments generally must equal or exceed 125% of the loan payments.

REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION LOANS. We offer construction loan financing on one- to four-family owner occupied dwellings in our local real estate market. Generally, we make construction loans up to 80% of value with terms of up to nine months. During the construction phase, inspections are made to assess construction progress and monitor the disbursement of loan proceeds. We also offer a “one-step” construction loan, which provides construction and permanent financing with one loan closing. The “one-step” is provided under the similar terms and conditions of our conventional residential program.

 

2


Table of Contents

CONSUMER LOANS. We make various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans, including home improvement loans. We offer loans secured by automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles. We believe that the shorter terms and the normally higher interest rates available on various types of consumer loans are helpful in maintaining a more profitable spread between our average loan yield and our cost of funds.

We provide home equity loans secured by liens on residential real estate located within our market area. These include loans with regularly scheduled principal and interest payments as well as revolving credit agreements. The interest rate on these loans is adjusted quarterly and tied to the movement of the prime rate.

COMMERCIAL LOANS. We offer commercial loans in accordance with regulatory requirements. Under current regulation, our commercial loan portfolio is limited to 20% of total assets.

MUNICIPAL LOANS. Our activity in the municipal lending market is limited to those towns and school districts located within our primary lending area and such loans are extended for the purposes of either tax anticipation, building improvements or other capital spending requirements. Municipal lending is considered to be an area of accommodation and part of our continuing involvement with the communities we serve.

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at December 31:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     Amount     % of Total     Amount     % of Total     Amount     % of Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Real estate loans

            

Conventional

 

 

   $ 602,270        52.82   $ 471,449        51.84   $ 397,010        55.04

Commercial

     287,813        25.24        234,264        25.76        148,424        20.58   

Home equity

 

 

     70,564        6.19        69,291        7.62        71,990        9.98   

Construction

     29,722        2.61        19,412        2.13        12,731        1.76   

Consumer loans

 

 

     9,817        0.86        7,304        0.80        7,343        1.02   

Commercial and municipal loans

     140,071        12.28        107,750        11.85        83,835        11.62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

     1,140,257        100.00     909,470        100.00     721,333        100.00

Unamortized adjustment to fair value

     —           —           1,101     

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

     (9,757       (9,923       (9,131  

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     3,610          2,689          1,649     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans receivable, net

   $ 1,134,110        $ 902,236        $ 714,952     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
     2010     2009  
     Amount     % of Total     Amount     % of Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Real estate loans

        

Conventional

 

 

   $ 347,606        50.90   $ 327,691        52.24

Commercial

     143,768        21.05        135,839        21.66   

Home equity

 

 

 

     74,884        10.97        73,611        11.74   

Construction

     19,210        2.81        18,308        2.92   

Consumer loans

 

 

     8,079        1.18        9,372        1.49   

Commercial and municipal loans

     89,361        13.09        62,387        9.95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

     682,908        100.00     627,208        100.00

Unamortized adjustment to fair value

     1,202          1,303     

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

     (9,864       (9,519  

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     1,268          1,342     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans receivable, net

   $ 675,514        $ 620,334     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Each loan type represents different levels of general and inherent risk within the loan portfolio. We prepare an analysis of this risk by applying loss factors to outstanding loans by type. This analysis stratifies the loan portfolio by loan type and assigns a loss factor to each type based on an assessment of the risk associated with each type. The factors assessed include delinquency trends, charge-off experience, economic conditions, and portfolio change trends. Loss factors may be adjusted for qualitative factors that, in

 

3


Table of Contents

management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio. These factors are calculated and assessed independently within each identified loan category. Based on these loss factors, $2.1 million, or 21.96% of the total allowance, was allocated to the originated commercial real estate portfolio at December 31, 2013. The originated commercial real estate portfolio represents 25.24% of total originated loans. In particular, the commercial real estate portfolio has a higher delinquency trend and concentration assessment than the other categories resulting in an overall higher comparative loss factor. For the same period, $5.4 million, or 55.19% of the total allowance, is allocated to the originated residential real estate and originated home equity loan portfolio. The originated residential real estate and home equity loan portfolios represent 62.98% of total originated loans. Due to the volume of this category and the underlying collateral, the overall loss factor results in an allocation percentage that is below the percentage of the category to total loans. For the same period, $1.6 million, or 16.00% of the total allowance, is allocated to the originated commercial and municipal loan portfolio. The originated commercial and municipal loan portfolio represents 12.72% of total originated loans. The originated commercial and municipal loan portfolio has a moderate delinquency trend compared to other loan types within the loan portfolio, representing 1.80% of the aggregate six-month average of delinquencies.

The following table sets forth the maturities of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable interest rates:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    One year
or less
     One through
five years
     Over
five years
     Total  

Maturities

           

Real Estate Loans with:

 

           

Predetermined interest rates

   $ 13,264       $ 54,075       $ 345,357       $ 412,696   

Adjustable interest rates

     11,670         33,227         532,776         577,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,934         87,302         878,133         990,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collateral/Consumer Loans with:

 

           

Predetermined interest rates

     3,894         4,093         890         8,877   

Adjustable interest rates

     194         654         92         940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,088         4,747         982         9,817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial/Municipal Loans with:

 

           

Predetermined interest rates

     16,488         31,212         59,359         107,059   

Adjustable interest rates

     8,362         16,160         8,490         33,012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,850         47,372         67,849         140,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals (1)

   $ 53,872       $ 139,421       $ 946,964       $ 1,140,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This table includes $21.2 million of non-performing loans, which are categorized within the respective loan types.

Origination, Purchase and Sale of Loans

Our primary lending activity is the origination of conventional loans (i.e., loans of 80% of value or less that are neither insured nor partially guaranteed by government agencies) secured by first mortgage liens on residential properties, principally single-family residences, substantially all of which are located in the west-central area of New Hampshire and Rutland and Windsor counties in Vermont.

We evaluate the security for each new loan made. Appraisals, when required, are done by qualified sub-contracted appraisers. The appraisal of the real property upon which we make a mortgage loan is of particular significance to us in the event that the loan is foreclosed, since an improper appraisal may contribute to a loss by, or other financial detriment to, us in the disposition of the loan.

Detailed applications for mortgage loans are verified through the use of credit reports, financial statements and confirmations. Depending upon the size of the loan involved, a varying number of senior officers must approve the application before the loan can be granted. The Loan Review Committee of the Board of Directors reviews particularly large loans.

We require title certification on all first mortgage loans and the borrower is required to maintain hazard insurance on the security property.

Delinquent Loans, Classified Assets and Other Real Estate Owned

Reports listing delinquent accounts are generated and reviewed by management and the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. The procedures taken by us when a loan becomes delinquent vary depending on the nature of the loan. When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, we take a number of steps to ensure that the borrower will cure the delinquency. We generally send the borrower a notice of non-payment and then follow up with telephone and/or written correspondence. When contact is made, we

 

4


Table of Contents

attempt to obtain full payment, work out a repayment schedule, or in certain instances obtain a deed in lieu of foreclosure. If foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. If we purchase the property, it becomes other real estate owned (“OREO”).

Federal regulations and our Assets Classification Policy require that we utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem assets and potential problem assets. We have incorporated the internal asset classifications of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) as part of our credit monitoring system. We currently classify problem and potential problem assets as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiency is not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the additional characteristics that the weaknesses present make collection and liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are required to be designated special mention.

When an insured institution classifies one or more assets or portions thereof as substandard or doubtful, it is required to establish a general valuation allowance for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management. General valuation allowances represent loss allowances, which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies one or more assets or portions thereof as loss, it is required to charge off such amount.

A savings institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the OCC, which can order the classification of additional assets and establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances. The OCC, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted an interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses. The policy statement provides guidance for financial institutions on both the responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of adequate allowances and guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines. Generally, the policy statement recommends that institutions have effective systems and controls to identify, monitor and address asset quality problems; that management has analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectability of the portfolio in a reasonable manner; and that management has established acceptable allowance evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement.

Although management believes that, based on information currently available to it at this time, our allowance for loan losses is adequate, actual losses are dependent upon future events and, as such, further additions to the allowance for loan losses may become necessary.

We classify assets in accordance with the guidelines described above. The total carrying value of classified loans, excluding special mention, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $30.3 million and $26.3 million, respectively. For further discussion regarding nonperforming assets, impaired loans and the allowance for loan losses, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

Federally chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, federally chartered savings institutions may also invest their assets in commercial paper, investment-grade corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly.

We categorize our securities as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or held-for-trading according to management intent. Please refer to Note 3 of our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report for certain information regarding amortized costs, fair values and maturities of securities.

 

5


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2013, the maturities and the weighted-average yields of our debt securities, excluding mortgage-backed securities, which have been calculated on the basis of the amortized cost, weighted for scheduled maturity of each security, and adjusted to a fully tax-equivalent basis (in thousands):

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Available-for-sale securities

        

U.S. Treasury notes

   $ 20,041       $ 20,039         0.02
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total due in less than one year

     20,041         20,039         0.02   

U.S. Treasury notes

 

     30,642         29,977         0.69   

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds

     6,997         6,770         1.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total due after one year through five years

     37,639         36,747         0.76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Municipal bonds

     12,466         12,430         2.81   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total due after five years through ten years

     12,466         12,430         2.81   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds

     391         390         1.10   

Municipal bonds

 

     8,066         7,676         3.70   

Other bonds and debentures

     263         275         8.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total due after ten years

     8,720         8,341         3.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 78,866       $ 77,557         1.19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

The amortized cost and approximate fair value for our available-for-sale securities portfolio are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2013    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale:

  

Bonds and notes-

 

           

U.S. Treasury notes

   $ 50,683       $ —         $ 667       $ 50,016   

U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds

 

     7,388         4         232         7,160   

Mortgage-backed securities

     47,612         27         992         46,647   

Municipal bonds

 

     20,532         63         489         20,106   

Other bonds and debentures

     263         12         —          275   

Equity securities

     742         292         —          1,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 127,220       $ 398       $ 2,380       $ 125,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
December 31, 2012    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale:

           

Bonds and notes-

 

           

U.S. Treasury notes

   $ 51,394       $ 29       $ 48       $ 51,375   

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

     136,342         1,569         70         137,841   

Municipal bonds

 

     22,112         570         —          22,682   

Other bonds and debentures

 

     70         —          —          70   

Equity securities

     490         2         91         401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 210,408       $ 2,170       $ 209       $ 212,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and approximate fair value for our available-for-sale securities portfolio are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2011    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale:

           

Bonds and notes-

 

           

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 154,213       $ 1,786       $ 57       $ 155,942   

Municipal bonds

 

     28,475         984         18         29,441   

Other bonds and debentures

     24,281         255         89         24,447   

Equity securities

     511         9         32         488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 207,480       $ 3,034       $ 196       $ 210,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS

We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposits consist of business checking, money market accounts, savings, NOW and certificate accounts. The flow of deposits is influenced by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. Our deposits are obtained predominantly from within our primary market areas. We use traditional means to advertise our deposit products, including print media. We generally do not solicit deposits from outside our primary market areas, although we may obtain these deposits from time to time as part of liquidity contingency plan testing or wholesale funding strategy. We offer negotiated rates on some of our certificate accounts. At December 31, 2013, time deposits represented approximately 33% of total deposits. Time deposits included $177.0 million of certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000.

The following table presents our deposit activity for the years ended December 31:

 

     2013     2012      2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net (withdrawals) deposits

   $ (14,992   $ 43,458       $ 19,033   

Deposits assumed through acquisition

 

     149,684        98,479         —    

Interest credited on deposit accounts

     4,059        4,381         5,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase in deposit accounts

   $ 138,751      $ 146,318       $ 24,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, we had approximately $177.0 million in certificate of deposit accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:

 

     Amount      Weighted Average Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)         

Maturity Period

     

3 months or less

 

   $ 52,753         0.46

Over 3 through 6 months

     25,368         0.75

Over 6 through 12 months

 

     29,685         0.85

Over 12 months

     69,189         0.94
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 176,995         0.76
  

 

 

    

 

7


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the distribution of our deposit accounts as of December 31 of the years indicated and the percentage to total deposits:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Checking accounts

   $ 101,446         9.3   $ 74,133         7.8   $ 64,356         8.0

NOW accounts

 

     303,054         27.9        248,329         26.2        209,150         26.1   

Money market accounts

     104,755         9.6        82,608         8.7        40,503         5.0   

Regular savings accounts

 

     22,020         2.0        10,112         1.1        9,812         1.2   

Treasury savings accounts

     195,887         18.0        180,253         18.9        142,682         17.8   

Club deposits

     193         —         102         —         96         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     727,355         66.8        595,537         62.7        466,599         58.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

               

Less than 12 months

     238,004         21.9        210,349         22.2        236,691         29.5   

Over 12 through 36 months

 

     100,394         9.2        96,316         10.1        44,015         5.5   

Over 36 months

     22,339         2.1        47,139         5.0        55,718         6.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total time deposits

     360,737         33.2        353,804         37.3        336,424         41.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deposits

   $ 1,088,092         100.0   $ 949,341         100.0   $ 803,023         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the average balance of each type of deposit and the average rate paid on each type of deposit for the year indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance
     Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate Paid
    Average
Balance
     Average
Rate Paid
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

NOW

   $ 306,737         0.05   $ 270,574         0.09   $ 227,174         0.12

Savings deposits

 

     190,707         0.05        151,238         0.18        144,725         0.21   

Money market deposits

     81,682         0.21        40,872         0.34        38,672         0.42   

Time deposits

 

     338,920         1.04        332,545         1.13        348,730         1.45   

Demand deposits

     26,647         —         29,657         —         26,832         —    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total Deposits

   $ 944,693         $ 824,886         $ 786,133      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

The following table presents, by various rate categories, the amount of time deposits as of December 31:

 

Time Deposits

   2013      2012      2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

0.00% – 0.99%

   $ 219,507       $ 197,076       $ 190,949   

1.00% – 1.99%

 

     85,688         96,845         65,670   

2.00% – 2.99%

     27,656         30,879         46,428   

3.00% – 3.99%

 

     27,886         28,752         33,044   

4.00% – 4.99%

     —          252         833   

5.00% – 5.99%

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 360,737       $ 353,804       $ 336,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

We utilize advances from the FHLBB as a funding source alternative to retail deposits. By utilizing FHLBB advances, we can meet our liquidity needs without otherwise being dependent upon retail deposits. These advances are collateralized primarily by mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities held by us and secondarily by our investment in capital stock of the FHLBB. The maximum amount that the FHLBB will advance to member institutions fluctuates from time-to-time in accordance with the policies of the FHLBB. At December 31, 2013, we had outstanding advances of $121.7 million from the FHLBB compared to advances outstanding of $142.7 million from the FHLBB at December 31, 2012.

 

8


Table of Contents

The following table represents the balances, average amount outstanding, maximum outstanding, and average interest rates for short-term borrowings reported in Note 8 of our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for the years indicated:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at year end

   $ 15,000      $ 30,500      $ 15,000   

Average amount outstanding

 

     20,573        26,745        24,096   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end

     65,000        35,000        35,000   

Average interest rate for the year

 

     0.29     0.27     0.28

Weighted average interest rate on year-end balance

     0.28     0.32     0.19

SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

Service Corporations

The Bank has an expanded service corporation authority because of its conversion from a state-chartered mutual savings bank to a federal institution in 1980. This authority, grandfathered in that conversion, permits the Bank to invest 15% of its deposits, plus an amount of approximately $825,000, in service corporation activities permitted by New Hampshire law. However, the first 3% of these activities is subject to federal regulation and the remainder is subject to state law. This permits a 3% investment in activities not permitted by state law.

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank owned two service corporations: the Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. and the Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation. The Lake Sunapee Group owns and maintains the Bank’s buildings and investment properties. The Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation sells brokerage, securities, and insurance products to its customers.

Additionally, the Bank owns McCrillis & Eldredge, a full-line independent insurance agency offering a complete range of commercial insurance services and consumer products, including life, health, auto and homeowner insurances, and Charter Holding, which provides wealth management and trust services through its subsidiary, Charter Trust Company.

NHTB Capital Trust II and III

NHTB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) and NHTB Capital Trust III (“Trust III”) are statutory business trusts formed under the laws of the State of Connecticut and are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. On March 30, 2004, Trust III issued $10.0 million of 6.06%, 5-year Fixed-Floating Capital Securities. On March 30, 2004, Trust II issued $10.0 million of Floating Capital Securities, adjustable every three months at LIBOR plus 2.79%. On May 1, 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with PNC Bank to convert the floating-rate payments on Trust II to fixed-rate payments which expired on June 17, 2013. For more information, see Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report.

REGULATION

General

The Company is regulated as a savings and loan holding company by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve” or “FRB”). The Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Federal Reserve and the SEC. The Bank, as a federal savings association, is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC, as its primary regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer. The Bank must file reports with the OCC and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition.

The following references to the laws and regulations under which the Company and the Bank are regulated are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such laws and regulations. The OCC, Federal Reserve and the FDIC have significant discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies under the applicable laws and regulations. Any change in such laws by Congress or regulations or policies by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the SEC or the CFPB, could have a material adverse impact on the Company and the Bank, and their operations and stockholders.

Recent Regulatory Reforms

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, significantly changed the bank regulatory landscape and has impacted and will continue to impact the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of insured depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act applicable to the Company and the Bank are discussed herein.

 

9


Table of Contents

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC approved final rules (the “New Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (the “Basel Committee”) December 2010 final capital framework referred to as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards. The New Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general risk-based capital rules. The New Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing general risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel Committee’s 1988 “Basel I” capital accords, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the “standardized approach” in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. In addition, the New Capital Rules implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the requirements of Section 939A to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules. The New Capital Rules are effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain components and other provisions.

In December, 2013, the federal banking agencies jointly adopted final rules implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule restricts the ability of banking entities, such as the Company, to engage in proprietary trading or to own, sponsor or have certain relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds—so-called “Covered Funds.” The final rule definition of Covered Fund includes certain investments such as collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) securities. Compliance is generally required by July 21, 2015.

The requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory reforms continue to be implemented. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact certain provisions and yet to be finalized implementing rules and regulations will have on us, including any regulations promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). Financial reform legislation and rules could have adverse implications on the financial industry, the competitive environment, and our ability to conduct business. Management will have to apply resources to ensure compliance with all applicable provisions of the regulatory reform including the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings.

Holding Company Regulation

The Company is a savings and loan holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. As such, the Company is registered with and subject to Federal Reserve examination and supervision, as well as certain reporting requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over the Company and any of its non-savings association subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary savings association.

Capital. Prior to the enactment of Dodd-Frank, savings and loan holding companies were not subject to regulatory capital requirements. Pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the Company, as a saving and loan holding company, will be subject to the New Capital Rules.

The New Capital Rules: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, [including the Company,] the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

 

    4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

 

    6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

 

    8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

 

    4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).

 

10


Table of Contents

The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity and other capital instrument repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the capital standards applicable to the Company will include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.

The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.

In addition, under the current general risk-based capital rules, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) items included in shareholders’ equity (for example, marks-to-market of securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP are reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including the Company, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. This election must be made concurrently with the first filing of certain of the Company’s periodic regulatory reports in the beginning of 2015. The New Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, from inclusion in a holding company’s Tier 1 capital. However, depository institution holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of year-end 2009 are permitted to continue to count as Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

The New Capital Rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.

We believe that the Company will be able to comply with the targeted capital ratios upon implementation of the New Capital Rules.

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve policy requires savings and loan holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary savings associations. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a savings and loan holding company to any of its subsidiary savings associations are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary savings associations. In the event of a savings and loan holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the savings and loan holding company to a federal banking agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary insured depository institution will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Control. HOLA and the Federal Reserve’s implementing regulations prohibit a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring control of another savings institution without prior Federal Reserve approval. In addition, a savings and loan holding company is prohibited from directly or indirectly acquiring, through mergers, consolidation or purchase of assets, another insured depository institution or a holding company thereof, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such institution or company without prior Federal Reserve approval.

Activity Restrictions. Laws governing savings and loan holding companies historically have classified such entities based upon the number of thrift institutions which they control. The Company is classified as a unitary savings and loan holding company because it controls only one thrift, the Bank. Under the Gramm Leach Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), any company which becomes a unitary savings and loan holding company pursuant to a charter application filed with the OTS after May 4, 1999, is prohibited from engaging in non-financial activities or affiliating with non-financial companies. All unitary savings and loan holding companies in existence prior to May 4, 1999, such as the Company, are “grandfathered” under the GLB Act and may continue to operate as unitary savings and loan holding companies without any limitations in the types of businesses with which they may engage at the holding company level, provided that the thrift subsidiary of the holding company continues to satisfy the QTL test.

 

11


Table of Contents

Incentive Compensation. The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at their first annual meeting taking place six months after the date of enactment and at least every three years thereafter and on so-called “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions. The legislation also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules requiring the reporting of incentive-based compensation and prohibiting excessive incentive-based compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1.0 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. In April 2011, the Federal Reserve, along with other federal banking agencies, issued a joint notice of proposed rulemaking implementing those requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors, executive compensation matters and any other significant matter. At the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Company’s stockholders voted on a non-binding, advisory basis to hold a non-binding, advisory vote on the compensation of the named executive officers of the Company annually. In light of the results, the Board of Directors determined to hold the vote annually.

Regulation of Federal Savings Associations

Business Activities. The Bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended (“HOLA”), and the regulations of the OCC. Under these laws and regulations, the Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities, and certain other assets. The Bank may also establish service corporations that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for the Bank, including certain real estate equity investments. The Bank’s authority to invest in certain types of loans or other investments is limited by federal law and regulation.

Loans to One Borrower. The Bank is generally subject to the same limits on loans to one borrower as a national bank. With specified exceptions, the Bank’s total loans or extensions of credit to a single borrower cannot exceed 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus, which does not include accumulated other comprehensive income. The Bank may lend additional amounts up to 10% of its unimpaired capital and surplus, which does not include accumulated other comprehensive income, if the loans or extensions of credit are fully-secured by readily-marketable collateral. The Bank currently complies with applicable loans-to-one borrower limitations.

QTL Test. Under federal law, the Bank must comply with the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL” test. Under the QTL test, the Bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in certain “qualified thrift investments” in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” means, in general, the Bank’s total assets less the sum of:

 

    specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets;

 

    goodwill and other intangible assets; and

 

    the value of property used to conduct the Bank’s business.

“Qualified thrift investments” include certain assets that are includable without limit, such as residential and manufactured housing loans, home equity loans, education loans, small business loans, credit card loans, mortgage backed securities, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain U.S. government obligations. In addition, certain assets are includable as “qualified thrift investments” in an amount up to 20% of portfolio assets, including, certain consumer loans and loans in “credit-needy” areas.

The Bank may also satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Bank met the QTL test at December 31, 2013, and in each of the prior 12 months, and, therefore, is a “qualified thrift lender.” Failure by the Bank to maintain its status as a QTL would result in restrictions on activities, including restrictions on branching and the payment of dividends. If the Bank were unable to correct that failure for a specified period of time, it must either continue to operate under those restrictions on its activities or convert to a bank charter.

Capital Requirements. OCC regulations require savings associations to meet three minimum capital standards:

 

  (1) a tangible capital ratio requirement of 1.5% of total assets as adjusted under the OCC regulations;

 

  (2) a leverage ratio requirement of 3.0% of core capital to such adjusted total assets, if the Bank has been assigned the highest composite rating of 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System; otherwise, the minimum leverage ratio for any other depository institution that does not have a composite rating of 1 will be a leverage ratio requirement of 4.0% of core capital to adjusted total assets; and

 

  (3) a risk-based capital ratio requirement of 8.0% of the Bank’s risk-weighted assets, provided that the amount of supplementary capital used to satisfy this requirement may not exceed 100% of the Bank’s core capital.

 

12


Table of Contents

Higher capital ratios may be required if warranted by particular circumstances, including the risk profile of the depository institution. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of the risk-based capital requirement, a savings association must multiply its on-balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items by the appropriate risk weights, which range from 0% for cash and obligations issued by the United States government or its agencies to 100% for consumer, commercial loans, home equity and construction loans and certain other assets as assigned by the OCC capital regulations based on the risks found by the OCC to be inherent in the type of asset.

Tangible capital is defined, generally, as common stockholder’s equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related earnings, minority interests in equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries, less intangible assets (other than certain servicing rights and nonsecurity financial instruments) and investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible for a national bank. Core capital (or tier 1 capital) is defined similarly to tangible capital. Supplementary capital (or tier 2 capital) includes cumulative perpetual and other perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible subordinated debt securities, perpetual subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values may be included in tier 2 capital. The allowance for loan and lease losses includable in tier 2 capital is limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

At December 31, 2013, the Bank met each of its capital requirements. The table below presents the Bank’s regulatory capital as compared to the OCC regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2013:

 

     Bank      Capital Requirements      Excess Capital  
     ($ in thousands)  

Tangible capital

   $ 113,381       $ 20,508       $ 92,874   

Core capital

 

     113,381         54,688         58,694   

Risk-based capital

     123,555         76,675         46,881   

As with the Company, the Bank will be subject to the New Capital Rules on the same phase-in schedule. We believe that the Bank similarly will be able to comply with the targeted capital ratios upon implementation of the New Capital Rules.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by OCC regulations, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound banking practices, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for the Bank nor does it limit the Bank’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a savings association, to assess the association’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such association. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Bank received a “Satisfactory” rating in its most recent CRA examination, dated August 2013.

The CRA regulations establish an assessment system that bases an association’s rating on its actual performance in meeting community needs. The assessment system for institutions of the Bank’s size focuses on two tests:

 

    a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; and

 

    a community development test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses in its assessment area or a broader area that includes its assessment area; and to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its retail banking channels and the extent and innovativeness of its community development services.

Transactions with Affiliates. The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its “affiliates” is limited by the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W and Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (“FRA”). In general, these transactions must be on terms which are at least as favorable to the Bank as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of these transactions referred to as “covered transactions” are subject to qualitative limits and certain quantitative limits based on a percentage of the Bank’s capital, thereby restricting the total dollar amount of transactions the Bank may engage in with each individual affiliate and with all affiliates in the aggregate. Affiliates must pledge qualifying collateral in amounts between 100% and 130% of the covered transaction in order to receive loans from the Bank. In addition, a savings association is prohibited from making a loan or other extension of credit to any of its affiliates that engage in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies under section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act and from purchasing or investing in the securities issued by any affiliate, other than with respect to shares of a subsidiary.

 

13


Table of Contents

Loans to Insiders. The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and principal stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

    be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with non-insiders and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other features that are unfavorable to the Bank; and

 

    not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital.

The regulations allow small discounts on fees on residential mortgages for directors, officers and employees, but, generally, specialized terms must be made widely available to all employees rather than to a select subset of insiders, such as executive officers. In addition, extensions for credit to insiders in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Consumer Protection. The Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which constitutes part of the Dodd-Frank Act and established the CFPB.

On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (QM) provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending the credit based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting the QM requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a “qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43% debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition, though some mortgages that meet GSE, FHA and VA underwriting guidelines may, for a period not to exceed seven years, meet the QM definition without being subject to the 43% debt-to-income limits. The QM Rule became effective January 10, 2014.

Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over savings associations, including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and to unsafe or unsound practices.

Prompt Corrective Action Regulations. Under the prompt corrective action (“PCA”) statute and regulations implemented by the OCC, the OCC is required to take certain, and is authorized to take other, supervisory actions against savings associations whose capital falls below certain levels. For this purpose, a savings association is placed in one of the following four categories based on the association’s capital:

 

    well capitalized;

 

    adequately capitalized;

 

    undercapitalized; or

 

    critically undercapitalized.

The PCA statute and regulations provide for progressively more stringent supervisory measures as a savings association’s capital category declines. At December 31, 2013, the Bank met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized.”

The New Capital Rules revise the “prompt corrective action” (“PCA”) regulations adopted pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), by: (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each PCA category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The New Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any PCA category.

 

14


Table of Contents

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the OCC has adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to areas including internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings standards, compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines.

In addition, the OCC adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, the OCC to order an institution that has been given notice that it is not satisfying these safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted plan, the OCC must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency. Further, the OCC may issue an order directing corrective actions and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized association is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of federal law. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the OCC may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Limitations on Capital Distributions. The OCC imposes various restrictions or requirements on the Bank’s ability to make capital distributions, including cash dividends. The Bank must file an application for prior approval with the OCC if the total amount of its capital distributions, including the proposed distribution, for the applicable calendar year would exceed an amount equal to the Bank’s net income for the year-to-date plus the Bank’s retained net income for the previous two years, or that would cause the Bank to be less than adequately capitalized.

The OCC may disapprove a notice or application if:

 

    the Bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

 

    the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

 

    the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

In addition, Section 10(f) of the HOLA requires a subsidiary savings association of a saving and loan holding company, such as Bank, to file a notice with and receive the nonobjection of the Federal Reserve prior to declaring certain types of dividends. The Company’s ability to pay dividends, service debt obligations and repurchase common stock is dependent upon receipt of dividend payments from the Bank.

Liquidity. The Bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits established by law and are subject to the deposit insurance premium assessments of the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The FDIC currently maintains a risk-based assessment system under which assessment rates vary based on the level of risk posed by the institution to the DIF. The assessment rate may, therefore, change when that level of risk changes.

In February 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule making certain changes to the deposit insurance assessment system, many of which were made as a result of provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule also revised the assessment rate schedule effective April 1, 2011, and adopted additional rate schedules that will go into effect when the DIF reserve ratio reaches various milestones. The final rule changed the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. In addition, the rule will suspend FDIC dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio exceeds 1.5 percent at the end of any year but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds.

In calculating assessment rates, the rule adopts a new “scorecard” assessment scheme for insured depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. It retains the risk category system for insured depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, assigning each institution to one of four risk categories based upon the institution’s capital evaluation and supervisory evaluation, as defined by the rule. It is possible that our deposit insurance premiums may increase in the future.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), a mixed-ownership government corporation established as a funding vehicle for the now defunct Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation. The FICO assessment rate for the first quarter of 2014, due December 30, 2013, was 0.0060% of insured deposits. The Financing Corporation rate is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in assessment bases of the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Depositor Preference. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

 

15


Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLBB, which is one of the regional Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”) comprising the FHLB System. Each FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB. While the required percentages of stock ownership are subject to change by the FHLB, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLBB stock at December 31, 2013 of $9.8 million. Any advances from a FHLB must be secured by specified types of collateral, and all long-term advances may be obtained only for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance.

The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of insolvent thrifts and to contribute funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of earnings that the FHLBs can pay as dividends to their members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. If dividends were reduced, or interest on future FHLB advances increased, or if any developments caused the Bank’s investment in FHLB stock to become impaired, thereby requiring the Bank to write down the value of that investment, the Bank’s net interest income would be affected.

Federal Reserve System. Under regulations of the FRB, the Bank is required to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against its transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). Federal Reserve regulations currently require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts except for transaction accounts up to $13.3 million, which are exempt. Transaction accounts greater than $13.3 million up to $89.0 million have a reserve requirement of 3%, and those greater than $89.0 million have a reserve requirement of $2.27 million plus 10% of the amount over $89.0 million. These tiered reserve requirements are subject to adjustment annually by the Federal Reserve. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in the form of a deposit with a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank’s interest-earning assets. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing reserve requirements. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the FRB may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OCC. FHLB System members are also authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve discount window, subject to applicable restrictions.

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. The Bank is subject to prohibitions on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional product or service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Regulations Application to the Company and the Bank

Financial Privacy Laws . Federal law and certain state laws currently contain client privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of insured depository institutions and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated companies and non-affiliated third parties. These rules require disclosure of privacy policies to clients and, in some circumstance, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of “opt out” or “opt in” authorizations. Pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain state laws companies are required to notify clients of security breaches resulting in unauthorized access to their personal information.

The Bank Secrecy Act. The Bank and the Company are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives the federal government powers to address money laundering and terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, and mandatory transaction reporting obligations. By way of example, the Bank Secrecy Act imposes an affirmative obligation on the Bank to report currency transactions that exceed certain thresholds and to report other transactions determined to be suspicious.

Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among financial institutions, bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act. Among other requirements, the USA PATRIOT Act imposes the following obligations on financial institutions:

 

    financial institutions must establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at minimum: (i) internal policies, procedures, and controls, (ii) specific designation of an anti-money laundering compliance officer, (iii) ongoing employee training programs, and (iv) an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program;

 

    financial institutions must establish and meet minimum standards for customer due diligence, identification and verification;

 

    financial institutions that establish, maintain, administer, or manage private banking accounts or correspondent accounts in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives (including foreign individuals visiting the United States) must establish appropriate, specific, and, where necessary, enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls designed to detect and report money laundering through those accounts;

 

16


Table of Contents
    financial institutions are prohibited from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks (foreign banks that do not have a physical presence in any country), and are subject to certain recordkeeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks; and

 

    bank regulators are directed to consider a bank’s or holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

Office of Foreign Assets Control. The Bank and the Company, like all United States companies and individuals, are prohibited from transacting business with certain individuals and entities named on the Office of Foreign Assets Control’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Failure to comply may result in fines and other penalties. The Office of Foreign Asset Control has issued guidance directed at financial institutions in which it asserted that it may, in its discretion, examine institutions determined to be high-risk or to be lacking in their efforts to comply with these prohibitions.

Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between the Bank and the Company and its other subsidiaries are subject to various conditions and limitations. See “Regulation of Federal Savings Associations – Transactions with Affiliates” and “Regulation of Federal Savings Associations – Limitation on Capital Distributions.”

Other Legislative Initiatives. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank and savings and loan holding companies and/or insured depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We maintain a website at www.nhthrift.com . The website contains information about us and our operations. Through a link to the SEC Filings section of our website, copies of each of our filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports, can be viewed and downloaded free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports and amendments are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, copies of any document we file with or furnish to the SEC may be obtained from the SEC at its public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC at its principal office at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file or furnish such information electronically with the SEC. The information found on our website or the website of the SEC is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There are risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Changes in local economic conditions may affect our business.

Our current market area is principally located in Cheshire, Hillsborough, Grafton, Merrimack and Sullivan counties in central and western New Hampshire and in Rutland and Windsor counties in Vermont. Future growth opportunities depend on the growth and stability of the regional economy and our ability to expand our market area. A downturn in the local economy may limit funds available for deposit and may negatively affect borrowers’ ability to repay their loans on a timely basis, both of which could have an impact on our profitability and business.

 

17


Table of Contents

Increases to the allowance for loan losses may cause our earnings to decrease.

Our business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition. The current economic uncertainty will more than likely affect employment levels and could impact the ability of our borrowers to service their debt. Bank regulatory agencies also periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we may need, depending on an analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We may suffer higher loan losses as a result of these factors and the resulting impact on our borrowers.

Changes in interest rates and spreads could have an impact on earnings and results of operations.

Our consolidated earnings and financial condition are dependent to a large degree upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned from loans and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The narrowing of interest rate spreads could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition. We cannot predict with certainty or control changes in interest rates. Regional and local economic conditions and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board, affect interest income and interest expense. While we have ongoing policies and procedures designed to manage the risks associated with changes in market interest rates, changes in interest rates still may have an adverse effect on our profitability. For example, high interest rates could affect the amount of loans that we can originate, because higher rates could cause customers to apply for fewer mortgages, or cause depositors to shift funds from accounts that have a comparatively lower cost to accounts with a higher cost, or experience customer attrition due to competitor pricing. If the cost of interest-bearing deposits increases at a rate greater than the yields on interest-earning assets increase, net interest income will be negatively affected. Changes in the asset and liability mix may also affect net interest income. Similarly, lower interest rates cause higher yielding assets to prepay and floating or adjustable rate assets to reset to lower rates. If we are not able to reduce our funding costs sufficiently, due to either competitive factors or the maturity schedule of existing liabilities, then our net interest margin will decline.

Strong competition within our industry and market area could limit our growth and profitability.

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Future growth and success will depend on the ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. We compete for deposits, loans and other financial services with a variety of banks, thrifts, credit unions and other financial institutions as well as other entities which provide financial services. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation. Many competitors have been in business for many years, have established customer bases, are larger, and have substantially higher lending limits. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. These technological advances may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties.

We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision, which may interfere with our ability to conduct our business and may negatively impact our financial results.

We, primarily through the Bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not stockholders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products, and/or limit pricing able to be charged on certain banking services, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.

Recent legislative reforms may result in our business becoming subject to significant and extensive additional regulations and/or can adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. This law has significantly changed the current bank regulatory structure and affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to

 

18


Table of Contents

prepare various studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting such rules and regulations. The process remains ongoing and with market litigation and continued legislative efforts, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for months or years.

The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB as an independent part of the Federal Reserve, which now has authority to issue regulations implementing numerous consumer laws, to which we will be subject. As a result of the change in our regulators and the creation of the CFPB, we may be subject to new or different regulations in the future.

It is difficult to predict at this time with specificity the full range of the impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing rules and regulations remaining to be written will have on the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act substantially increases regulation of the financial services industry and imposes restrictions on the operations and general ability of firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices. We will have to apply resources to ensure that we are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings.

We may be subject to more stringent capital requirements.

The Company and the Bank are each subject to capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital which each of the Company and the Bank must maintain. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. In light of proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements contained in the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulatory accords on international banking institutions formulated by the Basel Committee and implemented by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, we may be required to satisfy additional, more stringent, capital adequacy standards. The ultimate impact of the new capital and liquidity standards on us cannot be determined at this time and will depend on a number of factors, including the treatment and implementation by the U.S. banking regulators. These requirements, however, and any other new regulations, could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or could require us to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on dividends from the Bank for most of our revenue.

We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from the Bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock and interest and principal on our debt. Federal laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on our preferred or common stock. The inability to receive dividends from the Bank could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The securities purchase agreement between us and the U.S. Department of Treasury in connection with our participation in the Small Business Lending Fund program limits our ability to pay dividends on and repurchase our common stock.

Under the terms of our Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per preferred share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) issued under the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program, our ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of common stock is subject to restrictions. No repurchases of common stock may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on the common stock during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.

Under the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, we may only declare and pay a dividend on the common stock, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, the dollar amount of our Tier 1 capital would be at least 90% of the Signing Date Tier 1 Capital, as set forth in the Certificate of Designation relating to the Series B Preferred Stock, excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and any redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold”). The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is subject to reduction, beginning on the second anniversary of issuance and ending on the tenth anniversary, by 10% for each one percent increase in small business lending that qualifies over the baseline level.

We depend on our executive officers and key personnel to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.

        Management believes that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of the management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect the business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain existing key personnel or attract additional qualified personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers and key personnel could impair our ability to continue to develop our business strategy.

Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, which may result in a material adverse effect on our business.

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can

 

19


Table of Contents

provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The risks presented by acquisitions could adversely affect our financial condition and result of operations.

Our business strategy has included and may continue to include growth through acquisition from time to time. Any future acquisitions will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in acquisitions. These risks may include, among other things: our ability to realize anticipated cost savings, the difficulty of integrating operations and personnel, the loss of key employees, the potential disruption of our or the acquired company’s ongoing business in such a way that could result in decreased revenues, the inability of our management to maximize our financial and strategic position, the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies, and the impairment of relationships with the acquired company’s employees and customers as a result of changes in ownership and management.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks. A failure to successfully manage these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business.

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business, offer new products and services within existing lines of business or shift focus on our asset mix. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services and/or shifting focus of asset mix, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware law and certain banking laws, could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the corporate law of the State of Delaware and state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock. These provisions include: supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations; the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; and advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings. In addition, we are subject to Delaware law, which among other things prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years from the date the person became an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met. These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors other than candidates nominated by the Board.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

20


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

At December 31, 2013, we had 44 offices located in New Hampshire and Vermont as set forth in the following table. Lease expiration dates range from 1 to 10 years with renewal options of 1 to 10 years. We believe that our existing facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

 

Location

   Leased      Owned      Total  

New Hampshire:

        

1. Andover

 

     1         —          1   

2. Bradford

     —          1         1   

3. Claremont

 

     1         —          1   

4. Concord

     —          1         1   

5. Enfield

 

     1         —          1   

6. Grantham

     —          1         1   

7. Hanover (1)

 

     2         —          2   

8. Hillsboro

     —          1         1   

9. Lebanon

 

     1         2         3   

10. Meredith

     1         —          1   

10. Milford

 

     —          1         1   

10. New London (1) (2)

     —          3         3   

11. Newbury

 

     1         —          1   

12. Newport (3)

     —          3         3   

13. Peterborough (1)

 

     1         —          1   

15. Rochester

     1         —          1   

16. Sunapee

 

     —          1         1   

17. West Lebanon

     1         —          1   

18. Nashua

 

     1         1         2   

Vermont:

        

1. Brandon (2)

 

     1         2         3   

2. Pittsford

     —          1         1   

3. Quechee

 

     1         —          1   

4. Randolph

     2         1         3   

5. Rochester

 

     —          1         1   

6. Royalton

     —          1         1   

7. Rutland

 

     1         1         2   

8. South Royalton

     1         —          1   

9. West Rutland

 

     —          1         1   

10. Williamstown

     —          1         1   

11. Woodstock

     —          2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Offices

     18         26         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes Charter Trust Company.
(2) Includes McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc.
(3) Includes Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. and Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corp., which are headquartered in Newport, New Hampshire and have no other offices, and McCrillis & Eldredge, which is headquartered in Newport, New Hampshire.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation pending in which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their property is subject, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART II.

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NHTB.” The following table shows the high and low sales prices as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market during the periods indicated, as well as any dividends declared on our common stock. As of March 7, 2014, we had approximately 930 stockholders of record. The number of stockholders does not reflect the number of persons or entities who held their stock in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms.

 

    

Period

   High      Low      Dividend
Declared
 

2013

  

First Quarter

   $ 13.70       $ 12.70       $ 0.13   
  

Second Quarter

 

   $ 14.58       $ 12.50       $ 0.13   
  

Third Quarter

   $ 15.51       $ 13.08       $ 0.13   
  

Fourth Quarter

 

   $ 15.30       $ 13.46       $ 0.13   

2012

  

First Quarter

   $ 12.64       $ 11.12       $ 0.13   
  

Second Quarter

 

   $ 13.53       $ 12.05       $ 0.13   
  

Third Quarter

   $ 13.30       $ 12.31       $ 0.13   
  

Fourth Quarter

 

   $ 13.30       $ 12.15       $ 0.13   

Dividends

We have historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on our common stock, and the Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to the need for those funds for debt service and other purposes. However, because substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends will depend upon the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition and its need for funds. Furthermore, there are a number of federal banking policies and regulations that restrict our ability to pay dividends. In particular, because the Bank is a depository institution whose deposits are insured by the FDIC, it may not pay dividends or distribute capital assets if it is in default on any assessment due the FDIC. Also, the Bank, as a federal savings bank, is subject to OCC regulations which impose certain minimum capital requirements that would affect the amount of cash available for distribution to us. In addition, under Federal Reserve policy, we are required to maintain adequate regulatory capital, are expected to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank. These policies and regulations may have the effect of reducing the amount of dividends that we can declare to our stockholders.

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also restricted by the provisions of the Series B Preferred Stock issued under the SBLF program. Under the Series B Preferred Stock, no repurchases may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on preferred shares ranking pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock, junior preferred shares, or other junior securities (including our common stock) during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock, except that, in any such quarter in which the dividend is paid, dividend payments on shares ranking pari passu may be paid to the extent necessary to avoid any resulting material covenant breach.

Under the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, we may only declare and pay a dividend on our common stock or other stock junior to the Series B Preferred Stock, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, the dollar amount of our Tier 1 capital would be at least the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold. The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is subject to reduction, beginning on the second anniversary of issuance and ending on the 10 anniversary, by 10% for each one percent increase in small business lending that qualifies over the baseline level.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no sales by us of unregistered securities during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

22


Table of Contents

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table sets forth information with respect to purchases made by us of our common stock during the 12 months ended December 31, 2013.

 

Period

   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
    Average
Price Paid
per Share

($)
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Programs
     Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program
 

June 1 - 30, 2013

     18,496 (1)     $ 13.050         —           148,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     57,412      $ 13.050         —           148,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Shares of common stock surrendered by option holder to satisfy the exercise price of options exercised.

On June 12, 2007, the Board of Directors reactivated a previously adopted but incomplete stock repurchase program to repurchase up to 253,776 shares of common stock. At December 31, 2013, 148,088 shares remained to be repurchased under the plan. During 2013, no shares were repurchased pursuant to the program.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

As a smaller reporting company for the year-ended December 31, 2013, we are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Highlights and Overview

Our profitability is derived from the Bank. The Bank’s earnings are primarily generated from the difference between the yield on its loans and investments and the cost of its deposit accounts and borrowings. Loan origination fees, retail-banking service fees, and gains on security and loan transactions supplement these core earnings.

 

    Total assets increased $153.4 million, or 12.07%, to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2013, from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

    Net loans increased $231.9 million, or 25.70%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013, from $902.2 million at December 31, 2012.

 

    In 2013, the Company originated $414.0 million in loans, compared to $426.8 million in 2012.

 

    The Company’s loan servicing portfolio was $417.3 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $385.4 million at December 31, 2012.

 

    Total deposits increased $138.8 million, or 14.62%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013, from $949.3 million at December 31, 2012.

 

    Net interest and dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2013, was $33.8 million compared to $29.0 million for the same period in 2012.

 

    Net income available to common stockholders was $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $7.1 million for the same period in 2012

 

    As a percentage of total loans, non-performing loans decreased to 1.86% at December 31, 2013, from 2.22% at December 31, 2012.

 

23


Table of Contents

The following discussion is intended to assist in understanding our financial condition and results of operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes located elsewhere in this report.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and practices within the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures, and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. For additional information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to the information contained in Note 1 of our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Financial Condition

Total assets increased $153.4 million, or 12.07%, to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.3 million at December 31, 2012, which reflects $184.2 million of total assets related to the acquisitions of CFC and Charter Holding. Cash and cash items decreased $5.6 million, or 14.26%, to $33.6 million at December 31, 2013 from $39.2 million at December 31, 2012.

Total net loans receivable excluding loans held-for-sale increased $231.9 million, or 25.70%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $902.2 million at December 31, 2012, including $127.7 million from CFC. Our conventional real estate loan portfolio increased $130.8 million, or 27.75%, to $602.3 million at December 31, 2013, from $471.4 million at December 31, 2012, including $52.4 million from CFC. The outstanding balances on home equity loans and lines of credit increased $1.3 million to $70.6 million over the same period, including $6.8 million acquired from CFC. Construction loans increased $10.3 million, or 53.11%, to $29.7 million, including $3.7 million acquired from CFC. Commercial real estate loans increased $53.5 million, or 22.86%, over the same period to $287.8 million. In addition to commercial real estate loans acquired from CFC, the increase in commercial real estate loans represents loans to existing commercial customers and new commercials customers offset by normal amortizations and prepayments as well as principal pay-downs. Additionally, consumer loans increased $2.5 million, or 34.41%, to $9.8 million, including $3.0 million acquired from CFC, and commercial and municipal loans increased $32.3 million, or 30.00%, to $140.1 million, including $8.7 million acquired from CFC. Sold loans serviced by the Company, not including participations, totaled $417.3 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $31.9 million, or 8.28%, compared to $385.4 million at December 31, 2012. This includes $14.4 million of sold loans assumed with the acquisition of CFC. Sold loans are loans originated by us and sold to the secondary market with the Company retaining the majority of servicing of these loans. We expect to continue to sell fixed-rate loans into the secondary market, retaining the servicing, in order to manage interest rate risk and control growth. Typically, we hold adjustable-rate loans in portfolio. At December 31, 2013, adjustable-rate mortgages comprised approximately 58.33% of our real estate mortgage loan portfolio, which is consistent with prior year, as we continued to originate shorter-term loans in 2013, such as the 10-year fixed mortgage loan, which are held in portfolio as well as holding a portion of 15-year fixed mortgage loans and experiencing higher refinancing from adjustable-rate products into fixed rate products. Impaired loans and non-performing assets were 1.58% of total assets and 2.36% of total loans originated at December 31, 2013, compared to 1.35% and 2.10%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

The fair value of investment securities available-for-sale decreased $87.1 million, or 41.03%, to $125.2 million at December 31, 2013, from $212.4 million at December 31, 2012. We realized $964 thousand in the gains on the sales and calls of securities during 2013, compared to $3.8 million in gains on the sales and calls of securities recorded during 2012. At December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio had a net unrealized holding loss of $2.0 million, compared to a net unrealized holding gain of $2.0 million at December 31, 2012. The investments in our investment portfolio that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2013, consist primarily of financial institution equity securities, mortgage-backed securities issued by the Treasury, U.S. government sponsored enterprises and agencies, municipal bonds and other bonds and debentures. The unrealized losses on debt securities are primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates and current market inefficiencies. As management has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity and equity securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.

 

24


Table of Contents

OREO and property acquired in settlement of loans was $1.3 million at December 31, 2013, including $1.5 million acquired from CFC, and representing two properties located in New Hampshire and seven properties located in Vermont, compared to $102 thousand at December 31, 2012, representing one property located in New Hampshire. At December 31, 2013, one commercial property in Vermont was carried at $846 thousand, or 62.99% of total OREO and property acquired in settlement of loans at that time.

Goodwill increased $9.2 million, or 26.10%, to $44.6 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $35.4 million at December 31, 2012. The change in goodwill represents $4.6 million related to the 2013 acquisition of Charter Holding, $4.6 million related to the 2013 acquisition of CFC, and a post-closing adjustment of $41 thousand related to the 2012 acquisition of The Nashua Bank (“TNB”). An independent third-party analysis of goodwill indicated no impairment at December 31, 2013.

Intangible assets increased $7.6 million to $11.0 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $3.4 million at December 31, 2012. Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles of $6.7 million, including $4.5 million from the acquisition of CFC, and customer list intangibles of $4.3 million, including $3.1 million from the acquisition of Charter Holding. We amortized $759 thousand of core deposit intangibles during 2013 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 12 years, on average. We amortized $241 thousand of customer list intangibles during 2013 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 15 years. An independent third-party analysis of core deposit intangibles indicates no impairment at December 31, 2013.

Total deposits increased $138.8 million, or 14.62%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013 from $949.3 million at December 31, 2012. This increase includes $149.7 million assumed from CFC. Total brokered deposits of $20.8 million represent 1.91% of total deposits.

Advances from the FHLBB decreased $21.0 million, or 14.71%, to $121.7 million from $142.7 million at December 31, 2012. The weighted average interest rate for the outstanding FHLBB advances was 1.15% at December 31, 2013 compared to 1.34% at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $46.3 million of stand-by letters of credit issued by FHLB to secure customer deposits.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased $13.3 million, or 90.74%, to $27.9 million at December 31, 2013, from $14.6 million at December 31, 2012.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Net Interest and Dividend Income

Net interest and dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $4.8 million, or 16.39%, to $33.8 million. The increase was a combination of a $5.4 million increase due to volume offset by a $649 thousand decrease related to rate adjustments. Total interest and dividend income increased $3.9 million, or 10.58%, to $40.3 million, and the yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 3.54% from 3.58% for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013. Interest and fees on loans increased $5.5 million, or 16.88%, to $38.0 million in 2013, due to an increase in average balances of $156.5 million offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans to 3.98% from 4.07%.

Interest on taxable investments decreased $1.9 million, or 58.64%, to $1.3 million in 2013 compared to $3.2 million in 2012, as a result of our deleveraging of the investment portfolio to fund loan growth. Dividends decreased $10 thousand, or 16.13%, to $52 thousand . Interest on other investments increased $263 thousand, or 44.28%, to $857 thousand. The yield on our investment portfolio declined to 1.23% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 1.78% for the same period in 2012.

Total interest expense decreased $902 thousand, or 12.20%, to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease is primarily due to the 22.08% decrease in the combined cost of funds on deposits and borrowings to 0.60% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 0.77% for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, interest on deposits decreased $326 thousand, or 7.45%, to $4.1 million despite an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $122.8 million as the cost of deposits decreased to 0.44% from 0.55% compared to the same period in 2012. Interest on FHLBB advances and other borrowed money decreased $359 thousand, or 18.45%, for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, to $1.6 million compared to the same period in 2012 as the average FHLBB advances outstanding and rate decreased in 2013 compared to 2012. Interest on debentures decreased $221 thousand, or 21.53%, for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, due to the expiration of the interest rate swap on June 17, 2013, which had set a fixed rate of 6.65% on $10.0 million of the debenture.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our combined cost of funds decreased to 0.60% as compared to 0.77% for 2012, due primarily to the downward repricing of maturing time deposits and advances combined with increases in lower-costing checking accounts and the expiration of the previously referenced interest rate swap agreement.

Our interest rate spread, which represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, increased to 2.94% in 2013 from 2.81% in 2012. Our net interest margin, representing net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, increased to 2.97% during 2013, from 2.85% during 2012.

 

25


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the average yield on loans and investments, the average interest rate paid on deposits and borrowings, the interest rate spread, and the net interest rate margin:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Yield on loans

     3.98     4.07     4.42     4.87     5.16

Yield on investment securities

 

     1.23     1.78     2.54     2.80     3.94

Combined yield on loans and investments

     3.54     3.58     3.98     4.32     4.92

Cost of deposits, including repurchase agreements

 

     0.44     0.55     0.75     0.93     1.34

Cost of other borrowed funds

     1.63     1.97     2.40     2.33     3.29

Combined cost of deposits and borrowings

 

     0.60     0.77     0.97     1.14     1.60

Interest rate spread

     2.94     2.81     3.01     3.18     3.32

Net interest margin

 

     2.97     2.85     3.05     3.23     3.41

 

26


Table of Contents

The following table presents, for the years indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant yields as well as the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, and the resultant costs:

 

Years ended December 31,    2013     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance (1)
     Interest      Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance (1)
     Interest      Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance (1)
     Interest      Yield/
Cost
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

  

Interest-earning assets:

 

                        

Loans (2)

   $ 956,796       $ 38,034         3.98   $ 800,290       $ 32,542         4.07   $ 715,637       $ 31,640         4.42

Investment securities and other

     182,358         2,242         1.23     217,390         3,879         1.78     218,127         5,548         2.54
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     1,139,154         40,276         3.54     1,017,680         36,421         3.58     933,764         37,188         3.98
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Noninterest-earning assets:

 

                        

Cash

     21,351              19,751              18,490         

Other noninterest-earning assets (3)

     106,722              81,775              88,228         
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total noninterest-earning assets

     128,072              101,526              106,718         
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total

   $ 1,267,226            $ 1,119,206            $ 1,040,482         
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

  

                  

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

                        

Savings, NOW and MMAs

   $ 579,126       $ 386         0.07   $ 462,684       $ 619         0.13   $ 410,571       $ 727         0.18

Time deposits

 

     338,920         3,669         1.08     332,545         3,762         1.13     348,730         5,044         1.45

Repurchase agreements

     20,050         52         0.25     16,449         47         0.29     14,250         47         0.33

Capital securities and other borrowed funds

     146,663         2,390         1.63     150,750         2,971         1.97     119,421         2,871         2.40
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     1,084,759         6,497         0.60     962,428         7,399         0.77     892,972         8,689         0.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

 

                        

Demand deposits

     26,647              29,657              26,832         

Other

 

     12,313              16,086              30,047         
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

     38,960              45,743              56,879         
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Stockholders’ equity

     143,507              111,035              90,631         
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total

   $ 1,267,226            $ 1,119,206            $ 1,040,482         
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest income/Net interest rate spread

      $ 33,779         2.94      $ 29,022         2.81      $ 28,499         3.01
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest margin

           2.97           2.85           3.05
        

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

 

Percentage of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

           105.01           105.74           104.57
        

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(1) Monthly average balances have been used for all periods.
(2) Loans include 90-day delinquent loans which have been placed on a non-accruing status. Management does not believe that including the 90-day delinquent loans in loans caused any material difference in the information presented.
(3) Other noninterest-earning assets include non-earning assets and OREO.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and rates. The net change attributable to changes in both volume and rate, which cannot be segregated, has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

    

Year ended December 31,
2013 vs. 2012
Increase (Decrease)

due to

 
     Volume     Rate     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest income on loans

   $ 6,203      $ (711   $ 5,492   

Interest income on investments

     (559     (1,078     (1,637
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     5,644        (1,789     3,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense on savings, NOW and MMAs

 

     234        (471     (237

Interest expense on time deposits

     75        (164     (89

Interest expense on repurchase agreements

 

     8        (4     4   

Interest expense on capital securities and other borrowings

     (79     (501     (580
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     238        (1,140     (902
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 5,406      $ (649   $ 4,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    

Year ended December 31,
2012 vs. 2011
Increase (Decrease)

due to

 
     Volume     Rate     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest income on loans

   $ 2,789      $ (1,887   $ 902   

Interest income on investments

     (19     (1,650     (1,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     2,770        (3,537     (767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense on savings, NOW and MMAs

 

     106        (214     (108

Interest expense on time deposits

     (223     (1,059     (1,282

Interest expense on repurchase agreements

 

     —         —         —    

Interest expense on capital securities and other borrowings

     314        (214     100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     197        (1,487     (1,290
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 2,573      $ (2,050   $ 523   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Adjustments to the allowance for loan losses are charged to income through the provision for loan losses. We test the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly by preparing an analysis applying loss factors to outstanding loans by type. This analysis stratifies the loan portfolio by loan type and assigns a loss factor to each type based on an assessment of the risk associated with each type. In determining the loss factors, we consider historical losses and market conditions. Loss factors may be adjusted for qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio.

The allowance for loan losses incorporates the results of measuring impairment for specifically identified non-homogeneous problem loans in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-10-35, “Receivables-Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality-Subsequent Measurement.” In accordance with ASC 310-10-35, the specific allowance reduces the carrying amount of the impaired loans to their estimated fair value. A loan is recognized as impaired when it is probable that principal and/or interest are not collectible in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Measurement of impairment can be based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Measurement of impairment does not apply to large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans such as residential mortgage, home equity, or installment loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment. Please refer to Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report for information regarding impaired loans.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our commercial loan officers review the financial condition of commercial loan customers on a regular basis and perform visual inspections of facilities and inventories. We also have loan review, internal audit, and compliance programs with results reported directly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

The allowance for loan losses (not including allowance for losses from the overdraft program described below) at December 31, 2013, was $9.7 million compared to $9.9 million at December 31, 2012. At $9.7 million, the allowance for loan losses represents 0.85% of total loans held, down from 1.09% at December 31, 2012. Total impaired loans and non-performing assets at December 31, 2013, were $22.5 million, representing 231.15% of the allowance for loan losses. Modestly improving economic and market conditions coupled with internal risk rating changes offset by portfolio growth resulted in us adding $888 thousand to the allowance for loan and lease losses during 2013 compared to $2.7 million in 2012. The provisions during the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, have been offset by loan charge-offs of $1.8 million and recoveries of $712 thousand during the same period. Modestly improving economic conditions and decreases in delinquencies and charge-offs, resulted in our decision to decrease the provision for loan losses during 2013 compared to 2012. The provisions made in 2013 reflect loan loss experience in 2013 and changes in economic conditions that decreased the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio. Management anticipates making additional provisions in 2014 as needed to maintain the allowance at an adequate level.

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, there is an allowance for losses from the fee for service overdraft program. We seek to maintain an allowance equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of negative balance accounts that have remained negative for 30 days or more. Negative balance accounts are charged-off when the balance has remained negative for 60 consecutive days. At December 31, 2013, the overdraft allowance was $24 thousand compared to $14 thousand at year-end 2012. Provisions for overdraft losses were $74 thousand during the 12 month period ended December 31, 2013, compared to $55 thousand for the same period during 2012. Ongoing provisions are anticipated as overdraft charge-offs continue and we adhere to our policy to maintain an allowance for overdraft losses equal to 100% of the aggregate negative balance of accounts remaining negative for 30 days or more.

Loan charge-offs (excluding the overdraft program) were $1.8 million during the 12 months ended December 31, 2013 compared to $2.3 million for the same period in 2012. Recoveries (excluding the overdraft program) were $712 thousand during the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $455 thousand for the same period in 2012. This activity resulted in net charge-offs of $1.1 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.9 million for the same period in 2012. One-to-four family residential mortgages, commercial real estate mortgages, commercial loans, and consumer loans accounted for 48%, 33%, 2%, and 17%, respectively, of the amounts charged-off during the 12 months ended December 31, 2013.

 

29


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for loan losses account (excluding the overdraft program) for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 9,909      $ 9,113      $ 9,841      $ 9,494      $ 5,568   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

          

Residential real estate

     851        1,239        1,187        999        297   

Commercial real estate

 

     593        474        548        324        1,388   

Construction

     —          138        303        45        45   

Consumer loans

 

     30        20        38        46        105   

Commercial loans

     302        438        147        213        297   

Acquired loans (discounts to related credit quality)

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charged-off loans

     1,776        2,309        2,223        1,627        2,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries

 

          

Residential real estate

     268        167        132        9        100   

Commercial real estate

 

     284        56        —         —         1   

Construction

     —          68        —         —         —    

Consumer loans

 

     6        22        2        14        11   

Commercial loans

     154        142        61        26        100   

Acquired loans (discounts to related credit quality)

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     712        455        195        49        212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

     1,064        1,854        2,028        1,578        1,920   

Allowance from acquisitions

     —         —         —         —         —    

Transfer

 

     —         —         —         (175     —    

Provision for loan loss charged to income

     888        2,650        1,300        2,100        5,846   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 9,733      $ 9,909      $ 9,113      $ 9,841      $ 9,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans

     0.11     0.23     0.28     0.25     0.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for overdraft privilege account for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Beginning balance

   $ 14       $ 18       $ 23       $ 25       $ 26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Overdraft charge-offs

 

     200         200         226         251         313   

Overdraft recoveries

     136         141         170         167         206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net overdraft losses

     64         59         56         84         107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions for overdrafts

     74         55         51         82         106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 24       $ 14       $ 18       $ 23       $ 25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the allocation of the loan loss allowance (excluding overdraft allowances), the percentage of allowance to the total allowance and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Real estate loans -

                     

Residential, 1-4 family and home equity loans

 

   $ 5,221         54     58   $ 4,665         47     64   $ 4,768         52     64

Residential, 5 or more units

     93         1     1     109         1     2     102         1     2

Commercial

 

     2,027         21     25     3,378         34     20     2,813         31     19

Construction

     353         3     3     208         2     2     222         2     2

Collateral and consumer loans

 

     51         1     1     44         1     1     40         1     1

Commercial and municipal loans

     1,551         16     12     918         9     11     721         8     12

Impaired loans

 

     197         2     —         361         4     —         308         3     —    

Acquired loans (discounts to related credit quality)

     —          —         —         —          —         —         —          —         —    

Unallocated

     240         2     —         226         2     —         139         2     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance

   $ 9,733         100     100   $ 9,909         100     100   $ 9,113         100     100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of total originated loans

        1.02          1.09          1.26  
     

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

   

Non-performing loans as a percentage of allowance

        217.35          172.73          182.34  
     

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

   
     2010     2009  

Real estate loans -

              

Residential, 1-4 family and home equity loans

 

   $ 3,887         40     64   $ 3,984         42     64

Residential, 5 or more units

     142         1     2     151         2     2

Commercial

 

     2,683         27     19     2,855         30     20

Construction

     575         6     3     227         2     3

Collateral and consumer loans

 

     70         1     1     100         1     2

Commercial and municipal loans

     2,004         20     11     2,012         21     9

Impaired loans

 

     480         5     —         165         2     —    

Unallocated

     —          —         —         —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance

   $ 9,841         100     100   $ 9,494         100     100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of total loans

        1.44          1.51  
     

 

 

        

 

 

   

Non-performing loans as a percentage of allowance

        101.86          64.87  
     

 

 

        

 

 

   

Classified loans include non-performing loans and performing loans that have been adversely classified, net of specific reserves. Total classified loans at carrying value were $30.3 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $26.3 million at December 31, 2012. The increase comes primarily from an increase of $2.3 million of the net carrying value of loans identified as impaired at December 31, 2013. Additional information on troubled debt restructurings can be found in Note 4 of our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we had $1.3 million of OREO at December 31, 2013, representing six residential properties and one commercial property acquired during the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $102 thousand at December 31, 2012, representing one residential property acquired during the 12 months ended December 31, 2012. During the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, we sold five properties, one of which was classified as OREO at December 31, 2012, while the other four were acquired during 2013. Losses were incurred in the acquisition and liquidation process and our loss experience suggests it is prudent for us to continue funding provisions to build the allowance for loan losses. While, for the most part, quantifiable loss amounts have not been identified with individual credits, we anticipate more charge-offs as loan issues are resolved due to the inherent risks in providing credit. The impaired loans meet the criteria established under ASC 310-10-35. Ten loans considered impaired at December 31, 2013, had specific reserves identified and assigned. The 10 loans are secured by real estate, business assets or a combination of both. At December 31, 2013, the allowance included $197 thousand allocated to impaired loans compared to $361 thousand at December 31, 2012.

 

31


Table of Contents

Loans over 90 days past due were $3.9 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $3.2 million at December 31, 2012. Loans 30 to 89 days past due were $5.7 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $9.7 million at December 31, 2012. The level of loan losses and loan delinquencies, combined with moderately improving economic and commercial and residential real estate market conditions are factors considered in determining the adequacy of the loan loss allowance and assessing the need for additional provisions. We anticipate more charge-offs as loan issues are resolved due to the normal course of credit risk. As a percentage of assets, non-performing loans decreased from 1.34% at December 31, 2012 to 0.65% at December 31, 2013, and as a percentage of total originated loans, decreased from 2.07% at the end of 2012 to 0.98% at the end of 2013.

Loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard, or special mention do not reflect trends or uncertainties which we reasonably expect will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources. For the period ended December 31, 2013, all loans about which management possesses information regarding possible borrower credit problems and doubts as to borrowers’ ability to comply with present loan repayment terms or to repay a loan through liquidation of collateral are included in the tables below or discussed herein.

At December 31, 2013, we had 57 loans with net carrying values of $12.3 million considered to be “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in ASC 310-40, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” At December 31, 2013, the majority of “troubled debt restructurings” were performing under contractual terms and are included in impaired loans. Of the 57 loans classified as troubled debt restructured, 8 were 30 days or more past due at December 31, 2013. The balances of these loans were $799 thousand, and the loans have assigned specific allowances of $20 thousand. Thirty loans were considered troubled debt restructured at both December 31, 2013 and 2012. These 30 loans include 13 commercial real estate loans totaling $3.8 million, 15 residential loans totaling $1.4 million, 1 construction loan totaling $609 thousand and 1 commercial loan for $23 thousand. These loans, independently measured for impairment, carry a combined specific allowance of $47 thousand. At December 31, 2012, we had 65 loans with net carrying values of $12.8 million considered to be “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in ASC 310-40, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”

Non-performing loans include loans classified as impaired loans and troubled debt restructured loans. Troubled debt restructured loans of $11.9 million are performing within their restructured terms and are accruing interest. These accruing troubled debt restructured loans account for the difference of $11.9 million between non-performing loans of $21.2 million and non-accrual loans of $9.3 million.

At December 31, 2013, there were no other loans excluded in the tables below or discussed above where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers caused management to have doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

The following table shows the breakdown of the carrying value of non-performing assets and non-performing assets (dollars in thousands) as a percentage of the total allowance and total assets for the periods indicated:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Value
     Percentage
to Total
Allowance
    Percentage
to Total
Assets
    Carrying
Value
     Percentage
to Total
Allowance
    Percentage
to Total
Assets
 

Impaired loans

   $ 8,701         89.40     0.61   $ 5,799         58.52     0.45

Trouble debt restructured loans

 

     12,454         127.96     0.88     11,202         113.05     0.88

Other real estate owned and chattel

     1,343         13.80     0.09     102         1.03     0.02
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total impaired loans and non-performing assets (2)

   $ 22,498         231.16     1.58   $ 17,103         172.60     1.35
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

 

(1) All loans 90 days or more delinquent are placed on nonaccrual status.
(2) 2012 excludes acquired loans.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of non-performing assets at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Nonaccrual loans (1)

   $ 9,303       $ 17,001       $ 16,616       $ 10,420       $ 6,059   

Real estate and chattel property owned

     1,343         102         1,344         75         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets (2)

   $ 10,646       $ 17,103       $ 17,960       $ 10,495       $ 6,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) All loans 90 days or more delinquent are placed on a nonaccrual status.
(2) 2012 excludes acquired loans.

 

32


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth nonaccrual (1)  loans by category at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Real estate loans -

              

Conventional

 

   $ 3,821       $ 6,250       $ 5,578       $ 1,645       $ 3,161   

Commercial

     4,512         9,304         8,484         7,449         2,845   

Home equity

 

     104         158         0         120         42   

Construction

     230         887         1,006         140         140   

Consumer loans

 

     15         —          8         18         36   

Commercial and municipal loans

     621         402         1,540         1,048         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (2)

   $ 9,303       $ 17,001       $ 16,616       $ 10,420       $ 6,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) All loans 90 days or more delinquent are placed on a nonaccrual status.
(2) 2012 excludes acquired loans.

We believe the allowance for loan losses is at a level sufficient to cover inherent losses, given the current level of risk in the loan portfolio. At the same time, we recognize that the determination of future loss potential is intrinsically uncertain. Future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic, real estate, deterioration in the credit quality of acquired loans, and other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment and result in increased levels of non-performing loans and substantial differences between estimated and actual losses. Adjustments to the allowance are charged to income through the provision for loan losses.

Noninterest Income and Expense

Total noninterest income increased $1.0 million, or 7.05%, to $15.7 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012. Customer service fees increased $172 thousand, or 3.39%, due in part to increased volume and related revenue from ATM and debit card usage.

Net gain on sales and calls of securities decreased $2.9 million, or 74.76%, due in part to a 22.79% decrease in the volume of sales of securities coupled with lower market values in 2013, compared to 2012, which resulted in lower gains recorded. During 2013, as part of our long-term investment planning, we sold investments to fund loans returning to investment levels closer to those held prior to our participation in Treasury capital programs. Net gain on sales of loans decreased $643 thousand, or 22.44%, as we sold $88.7 million of 1-4 family conventional mortgage loans into the secondary market during 2013, down $44.8 million from $133.5 million of loans sold during 2012. In addition to decreased volume, the rate valuation, and subsequent gains added to the reduction in overall revenue for the category. We also retained a higher portion of originated mortgage loans within our portfolio during 2013, resulting in balance sheet increases related to net originated loans of $78.4 million and $20.2 million of conventional real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, respectively, excluding increases due to the acquisitions of CFC and Charter Holding. Net gains on sales of OREO and fixed assets increased $155 thousand during 2013 as we recognized net gains of $5 thousand compared to a net loss of $150 thousand on other real estate and chattel property owned in 2012.

The remeasurement gain recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, was a gain of $1.4 million related to the write-up of the Bank’s investment in Charter Holding at acquisition date from $4.8 million to the market value of $6.2 million. The market value was based on the purchase price paid to MVSB to assume its 50% ownership of Charter Holding on September 4, 2013. Income from equity interest in Charter Holding decreased $150 thousand to $294 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $444 thousand for the same period in 2012. As 100% owner of Charter Holding, effective September 4, 2013, the Bank will not record additional income from equity interest in Charter Holding going forward as future activity will be included in consolidated earnings as trust income and related expense categories. Trust income was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and represents trust income since September 4, 2013, when the Bank became 100% owner of Charter Holding.

Rental income increased $10 thousand, or 1.36%, as revenue within this category remained relatively unchanged. Bank-owned life insurance income increased $81 thousand to $626 thousand. Insurance commissions increased $152 thousand to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.3 million in 2012.

Total noninterest expenses increased $7.5 million, or 25.23%, to $37.0 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from $29.5 million for the same period in 2012. Salaries and employee benefits increased $4.2 million, or 27.94%, to $19.2 million for

 

33


Table of Contents

the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from $15.0 million for the same period in 2012. Gross salaries and benefits paid, which exclude the deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans, increased $4.0 million, or 23.25%, to $21.2 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from $17.2 million for the same period in 2012. Gross salaries increased $3.7 million, or 29.83%, to $16.1 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012. In addition to ordinary staffing additions, salary expenses related to Charter Trust operations accounted for approximately $1.1 million, or 41.72% of the increase, while staffing related to a full year of TNB salaries amounted to approximately $979 thousand, and RNB salaries since acquisition date of October 25, 2013 added approximately $373 thousand to the overall expense. Average full time equivalents increased to 360 at December 31, 2013, compared to 278 at December 31, 2012; this change reflects the impact of additional staff from CFC and Charter Holding. Benefits costs increased $1.3 million. This increase includes increases of $292 thousand related to retirement costs and $233 thousand in health insurance costs. The deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans decreased $247 thousand, or 11.14%, to $2.0 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from $2.2 million for the same period in 2012. This deferral represents salary and employee benefits expenses associated with origination costs which are recognized over the life of the loan. The decrease is a direct result of the change in the volume of loan origination year over year.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $852 thousand, or 23.35%, to $4.5 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from $3.6 million for the same period in 2012, due primarily to a higher number of locations during 2013 including TNB, RNB, and Charter Holding locations assumed and the opening of a second location in Nashua, New Hampshire. Advertising and promotion increased $181 thousand, or 37.63%, to $662 thousand for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from $481 thousand for the same period in 2012, due primarily to increases in promotions related to the acquisition of RNB, an increase in print advertising of $51 thousand, and the additional marketing expense at Charter Holding of $75 thousand for approximately four months of their operations. Depositors’ insurance decreased $26 thousand to $776 thousand at December 31, 2013, compared to $802 thousand at December 31, 2013, due primarily to modifications made by the FDIC to the risk-based assessment model and calculation which resulted in lower assessment rates during 2013 despite an overall increase in assessed deposits.

Professional fees increased $57 thousand, or 4.75%, to $1.3 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013 from $1.2 million for the same period in 2012, reflecting among other things increased legal expenses and consulting fees including $30 thousand related to Charter Holding operations, offset in part by a decrease in audit expenses. Data processing and outside services fees increased $276 thousand, or 24.70%, to $1.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to increases in core processing, online banking, and collection expenses offset in part by decreases in correspondent expenses as well as expenses associated with the overdraft protection program. ATM processing fees increased $132 thousand, or 26.53%, to $630 thousand for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from $498 thousand for the same period in 2012 which is consistent with the impact increased volume had within customer service fees. Net amortization (benefit) of mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) and mortgage servicing income increased $132 thousand to a net benefit of $40 thousand for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, from a net amortization of $92 thousand for the same period in 2012.

Merger related expenses increased $453 thousand, or 38.78%, to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.2 million for the same period in 2012. These expenses reflect the non-deductible legal and investment banking expenses recorded by us related to the acquisition of CFC that are not qualified tax deductions. As a result, the impact of these expenses was a reduction to net income of $792 thousand with no offsetting tax benefit. Other merger related expenses included $827 thousand of system conversion and other operations related expenses related to the conversion and integrations of CFC and Charter Holding.

Amortization of customer list intangibles increased $164 thousand with the addition of the customer list intangible from Charter Holding and amortization of core deposit intangibles increased $411 thousand with the addition of the core deposit intangible from CFC.

Other expenses increased $759 thousand, or 18.88%, to $4.8 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013 from $4.0 million compared to the same period in 2012. This includes the addition of $462 thousand of other expenses related to the operations of Charter Holding since September 4, 2013. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded an off-balance sheet loss provision of $140 thousand related to an identified liability under our seller’s agreement with to Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. requiring us to repurchase bad debt under certain circumstances.

 

34


Table of Contents

Selected Financial Highlights and Ratios

 

For the Years Ended December 31,    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands, except per share and percentage data)  

Net Income

   $ 8,414      $ 7,759      $ 7,669      $ 7,947      $ 6,598   

Per Share Data:

 

          

Basic Earnings (1)

     1.11        1.20        1.20        1.29        1.06   

Diluted Earnings

 

     1.11        1.20        1.20        1.29        1.06   

Dividends Paid

     0.52        0.52        0.52        0.52        0.52   

Dividend Payout Ratio

 

     46.85        43.33        43.33        40.31        49.06   

Return on Average Assets

     0.66     0.69     0.74     0.79     0.73

Return on Average Common Equity

 

     6.98     6.99     7.96     8.71     7.75
As of December 31,    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands, except per share, percentage and branch data)  

Total Assets

   $ 1,423,870      $ 1,270,477      $ 1,041,819      $ 994,536      $ 962,601   

Total Securities (2)

 

     134,998        221,875        217,933        203,599        224,469   

Loans, Net

     1,134,110        902,236        714,952        675,514        620,333   

Total Deposits

 

     1,088,092        949,341        803,023        778,219        734,429   

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

     121,734        142,730        80,967        75,959        95,962   

Stockholders’ Equity

 

     149,257        129,494        108,660        92,391        87,776   

Book Value per Common Share

   $ 15.37      $ 15.09      $ 15.20      $ 14.26      $ 13.48   

Average Common Equity to Average Assets

 

     9.51     8.13     7.27     8.11     9.45

Shares Outstanding

     8,216,747        7,055,946        5,832,360        5,773,772        5,771,772   

Number of Office Locations

 

     44        30        30        28        28   

 

(1) See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report for additional information regarding earnings per share.
(2) Includes available-for-sale securities shown at fair value, held-to-maturity securities at cost and FHLBB stock at cost.

Accounting for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 includes net deferred income tax expense of $592 thousand in 2013, $479 thousand in 2012 and $791 thousand in 2011. These amounts were determined by the asset and liability method in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for each year.

We have provided deferred income taxes on the difference between the provision for loan losses permitted for income tax purposes and the provision recorded for financial reporting purposes.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

We earned $7.8 million, or $1.20 per common share, assuming dilution, for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $7.7 million, or $1.20 per common share, assuming dilution, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Financial Condition

Total assets increased $228.7 million, or 21.95%, to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012, from $1.0 million at December 31, 2011. This increase includes an increase of $122.5 million from the acquisition of TNB. Cash and cash items increased $14.7 million, or 59.30%.

Total net loans receivable excluding loans held-for-sale increased $187.3 million, or 26.20%, to $902.2 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $715.0 million at December 31, 2011, including $89.0 million from TNB. Our conventional real estate loan portfolio increased $74.4 million, or 18.75%, to $471.4 million at December 31, 2012, from $397.0 million at December 31, 2011, including $13.2 million from TNB. The outstanding balances on home equity loans and lines of credit decreased $2.7 million to $69.0 million over the same period, net of $1.1 million acquired from TNB. Construction loans increased $6.7 million, or 52.48%, to $19.4 million including $4.2 million acquired from TNB. Commercial real estate loans increased $85.8 million, or 57.83%, over the same period to $234.3 million. In addition to $55.7 million of commercial real estate loans acquired from TNB, the increase in commercial real estate loans represents loans to existing commercial customers and new commercial customers offset by normal amortizations and prepayments as well as principal pay-downs. Additionally, consumer loans decreased $39 thousand, or 0.53%, to

 

35


Table of Contents

$7.3 million including $709 thousand from TNB, and commercial and municipal loans increased $23.9 million, or 28.53%, to $107.8 million including $14.0 million acquired from TNB. Sold loans totaled $385.4 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $19.6 million, or 5.36%, compared to $365.8 million at December 31, 2011. Sold loans are loans originated by us and sold to the secondary market with the Company retaining the majority of servicing of these loans. We expect to continue to sell fixed-rate loans into the secondary market, retaining the servicing, in order to manage interest rate risk and control growth. Typically, we hold adjustable-rate loans in portfolio. At December 31, 2012, adjustable-rate mortgages comprised approximately 57% of our real estate mortgage loan portfolio, which is lower than in prior years as we originated shorter-term loans in 2012, such as the ten-year fixed mortgage loan, which are held in portfolio as well as holding a portion of 15-year fixed mortgage loans and experiencing higher refinancing from adjustable-rate products into fixed rate products. Non-performing assets were 1.35% of total assets and 2.10% of total loans originated at December 31, 2012, compared to 1.70% and 2.45%, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

The fair value of investment securities available-for-sale increased $2.1 million, or 0.98%, to $212.4 million at December 31, 2012, from $210.3 million at December 31, 2011. We realized $3.8 million in the gains on the sales and calls of securities during 2012, compared to $2.6 million in gains on the sales and calls of securities recorded during 2011. At December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio had a net unrealized holding gain of $2.0 million, compared to a net unrealized holding gain of $2.8 million at December 31, 2011. The investments in our investment portfolio that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2012, consist primarily of financial institution equity securities, mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises and agencies, municipal bonds and other bonds and debentures. The unrealized losses on debt securities are primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates and current market inefficiencies. The unrealized losses on equity securities are primarily attributable to lack of trading activity related to the security and are not considered credit related losses. As management has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity and equity securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.

OREO and property acquired in settlement of loans was $102 thousand at December 31, 2012, representing one residential property located in New Hampshire, compared to $1.3 million at December 31, 2011, representing five properties, four located in New Hampshire and one in Vermont. At December 31, 2011, one commercial property in Vermont was carried at $950 thousand, or 70.70% of total OREO and property acquired in settlement of loans at that time.

Goodwill increased $6.8 million, or 23.77%, to $35.4 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $28.6 million at December 31, 2011. The change in goodwill represents $6.7 million related to the 2012 acquisition of TNB and post-closing adjustment of $52 thousand related to the 2011 acquisition of McCrillis & Eldredge. An independent third-party analysis of goodwill indicates no impairment at December 31, 2012.

Intangible assets increased $1.7 million, or 94.63%, to $3.4 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $1.8 million at December 31, 2011. Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles of $2.9 million, including $2.1 million from the acquisition of TNB, and customer list intangibles of $538 thousand. We amortized $348 thousand of core deposit intangibles during 2012 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 10 years. We amortized $78 thousand of customer list intangibles during 2012 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 15 years. An independent third-party analysis of core deposit intangibles indicates no impairment at December 31, 2012.

Total deposits increased $146.3 million, or 18.22%, to $949.3 million at December 31, 2012 from $803.0 million at December 31, 2011. This increase includes $98.5 million assumed from TNB. During 2012, in addition to retaining and attracting deposits, we obtained $15.0 million of additional brokered deposits as part of ongoing liquidity planning and contingency testing and $5 million of brokered deposits were assumed through the acquisition of TNB. Total brokered deposits of $25.0 million represent 2.67% of total deposits.

Advances from the FHLBB increased $61.8 million, or 76.28%, to $142.7 million from $81.0 million at December 31, 2011, including $1.8 million of advances assumed from TNB. The weighted average interest rate for the outstanding FHLBB advances was 1.34% at December 31, 2012 compared to 2.09% at December 31, 2011.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased $895 thousand, or 5.77%, to $14.6 million at December 31, 2012, from $15.5 million at December 31, 2011.

There were no other borrowings at December 31, 2012, compared to $543 thousand at December 31, 2011. The balance at December 31, 2011 reflected a note payable issued to the principals of McCrillis & Eldredge as part of the acquisition, which was paid in full by December 31, 2012.

 

36


Table of Contents

Net Interest and Dividend Income

Net interest and dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased $523 thousand, or 1.84%, to $29.0 million. The increase was a combination of a $2.5 million increase due to volume offset by a $2.0 million decrease related to rate adjustments. Total interest and dividend income decreased $767 thousand, or 2.06%, to $36.4 million, despite higher average balances on interest-earning assets during 2012, as the yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 3.58% from 3.98%. Interest and fees on loans increased $902 thousand, or 2.85%, to $32.5 million in 2012, due to an increase in average balances of $84.7 million offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans to 4.07% from 4.42%.

Interest on taxable investments decreased $1.4 million, or 29.95%, to $3.2 million in 2012 compared to $4.6 million in 2011. Dividends increased $27 thousand, or 77.14%, to $62 thousand. Interest on other investments decreased $318 thousand, or 34.87%, to $594 thousand due primarily to a decrease in tax-exempt municipal bonds through calls and maturities. The yield on our investment portfolio declined from 2.54% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 1.78% for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to lower yielding investments purchased and accelerated prepayment amortization on mortgage-backed securities.

Total interest expense decreased $1.3 million, or 14.85%, to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease is primarily due to the 20.62% decrease in the combined cost of funds on deposits and borrowings to 0.77% for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 0.97% for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, interest on deposits decreased $1.4 million, or 24.09%, to $4.4 million despite an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $35.9 million as the cost of deposits decreased to 0.55% from 0.75% compared to the same period in 2011. Interest on FHLBB advances and other borrowed money increased $81 thousand, or 4.35%, for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, to $1.9 million compared to the same period in 2011 as the average FHLBB advances outstanding increased in 2012 compared to 2011.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our combined cost of funds decreased to 0.77% as compared to 0.97% for 2011. The cost of deposits, including repurchase agreements, decreased 20 basis points for 2011 to 0.55% compared to 0.75% in 2011, due primarily to the downward repricing of maturing time deposits and advances combined with increases in lower-costing checking accounts.

Our interest rate spread, which represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, decreased to 2.81% in 2012 from 3.01% in 2011. Our net interest margin, representing net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, decreased to 2.85% during 2012, from 3.05% during 2011.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (not including allowance for losses from the overdraft program described below) at December 31, 2012 was $9.9 million compared to $9.1 million at December 31, 2011. At $9.9 million, the allowance for loan losses represents 1.09% of total loans held, down from 1.26% at December 31, 2011. Total non-performing assets at December 31, 2012 were $17.1 million, representing 172.73% of the allowance for loan losses. Modestly improving economic and market conditions coupled internal risk rating changes offset by portfolio growth resulted in us adding $2.7 million to the allowance for loan and lease losses during 2012 compared to $1.3 million in 2011. The provisions during the 12 months ended December 31, 2012 have been offset by loan charge-offs of $2.3 million and recoveries of $455 thousand during the same period. Portfolio performance, growth, and charge-offs resulted in our decision to increase the provision for loan losses during 2012 while the majority of growth was in real estate-collateralized loans resulting in an overall lower allowance to total originated portfolio loans. The provisions made in 2012 reflect loan loss experience in 2012 and changes in economic conditions that increase the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio. Management anticipates making additional provisions in 2012 as needed to maintain the allowance at an adequate level.

Acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis, with pools formed based on the loans’ common risk characteristics, such as loan collateral type and accrual status. Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Loans acquired in 2012 have an assigned credit mark valuation which reflects the estimated credit risk in the pool and reducing the carrying value of this pool. As such, there are no additional provisions for the pool of acquired loans unless a loan credit deteriorates subsequent to the acquisition. Following measurable deterioration, the individual acquired loan will assessed for additional provisions. A decrease in expected cash flows in subsequent periods may indicate that the loan pool is impaired which would require the establishment of an allowance for loan losses by a charge to the provision for loan losses. For additional information on accounting for acquired loans, please see Note 1 of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, there is an allowance for losses from the fee for service overdraft program. We seek to maintain an allowance equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of negative balance accounts that have remained negative for 30 days or more. Negative balance accounts are charged-off when the balance has remained negative for 60 consecutive days. At December 31, 2012, the overdraft allowance was $14 thousand compared to $18 thousand at year-end 2011. Provisions for overdraft losses were $55 thousand during the 12 month period ended December 31, 2012, compared to $51 thousand for the same period during 2011. Ongoing provisions are anticipated as overdraft charge-offs continue and we adhere to our policy to maintain an allowance for overdraft losses equal to 100% of the aggregate negative balance of accounts remaining negative for 30 days or more.

 

37


Table of Contents

Loan charge-offs (excluding the overdraft program) were $2.3 million during the 12 months ended December 31, 2012 compared to $2.2 million for the same period in 2011. Recoveries were $455 thousand during the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $195 thousand for the same period in 2011. This activity resulted in net charge-offs of $1.9 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $2.0 million for the same period in 2011. One-to-four family residential mortgages, commercial real estate mortgages, land and construction, commercial loans, and consumer loans accounted for 54%, 20%, 6%, 19%, and 1%, respectively, of the amounts charged-off during the 12 months ended December 31, 2012.

Classified loans include non-performing loans and performing loans that have been adversely classified, net of specific reserves. Total classified loans at carrying value were $26.3 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $25.1 million at December 31, 2011. The increase comes primarily from an increase of $2.3 million of the net carrying value of loans identified as impaired of at December 31, 2012. This increase includes two commercial real estate loans from one relationship totaling $1.7 million with no impairment. Additional information on troubled debt restructurings can be found in Note 4 of our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we had $102 thousand of OREO at December 31, 2012, representing one residential property acquired during the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $1.3 million at December 31, 2011, representing two commercial properties and three residential properties acquired during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011. During the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, we sold four properties, three of which was classified as OREO at December 31, 2011, while the other was acquired during 2011. Losses are incurred in the liquidation process and our loss experience suggests it is prudent for us to continue funding provisions to build the allowance for loan losses. While, for the most part, quantifiable loss amounts have not been identified with individual credits, we anticipate more charge-offs as loan issues are resolved due to the inherent risks in providing credit. The impaired loans meet the criteria established under ASC 310-10-35. Eleven loans considered impaired loans at December 31, 2012, had specific reserves identified and assigned. The 11 loans are secured by real estate, business assets or a combination of both. At December 31, 2012, the allowance included $361 thousand allocated to impaired loans compared to $308 thousand at December 31, 2011. Eighteen loans considered impaired at December 31, 2012, had identified losses and recorded charge-offs of $855 thousand, or 37.04% of total charge-offs, during the 12 months ended December 31, 2012.

Loans over 90 days past due were $3.2 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $3.3 million at December 31, 2011. Loans 30 to 89 days past due were $9.7 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $5.6 million at December 31, 2011. The level of loan losses and loan delinquencies and changes in loan risk ratings resulting in more classified loans, combined with weaker economic and commercial and residential real estate market conditions are factors considered in determining the adequacy of the loan loss allowance and assessing the need for additional provisions. As a percentage of assets, non-performing loans decreased from 1.59% at December 31, 2011 to 1.34% at December 31, 2012, and as a percentage of total originated loans, decreased from 2.45% at the end of 2011 to 2.07% at the end of 2012.

Loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard, or special mention do not reflect trends or uncertainties which we reasonably expect will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources. For the period ended December 31, 2012, all loans about which management possesses information regarding possible borrower credit problems and doubts as to borrowers’ ability to comply with present loan repayment terms or to repay a loan through liquidation of collateral are included in the tables below or discussed herein.

At December 31, 2012, we had 65 loans with net carrying values of $12.8 million considered to be “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in ASC 310-40, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” At December 31, 2012, the majority of “troubled debt restructurings” were performing under contractual terms and are included in impaired loans. Of the 65 loans classified as troubled debt restructured, 19 were 30 days or more past due at December 31, 2012. The balances of these loans were $4.5 million, and the loans have assigned specific allowances of $11 thousand. Thirty-three loans were considered troubled debt restructured at both December 31, 2012 and 2011. These 33 loans include 14 commercial real estate loans totaling $6.4 million, 14 residential loans totaling $1.6 million, and 6 commercial loans for $243 thousand. These loans, independently measured for impairment, carry a combined specific allowance of $11 thousand. At December 31, 2011, we had 50 loans with net carrying values of $12.0 million considered to be “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in ASC 310-40, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”

Noninterest Income and Expense

Total noninterest income increased $4.2 million, or 40.02%, to $14.6 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the same period in 2011. Customer service fees decreased $4 thousand, or 0.08%, due primarily to a reduction of $170 thousand, or 7.43%, in fees assessed on our overdraft protection program during 2012 partially offset by increased volume and related revenue from ATM and debit card usage. Net gain on sales and calls of securities increased $1.2 million, or 47.57%, due in part to an 89.36% increase in the volume of sales of securities in 2012 compared to 2011, which resulted in higher gains recorded. During 2012, we were able to take advantage of the market conditions, which resulted in higher gains as we rebalanced the portfolio for duration and interest rate risk.

 

38


Table of Contents

Net gain on sales of loans increased $1.9 million, or 207.95%, as we sold $133.5 million of 1-4 family conventional mortgage loans into the secondary market during 2012, up from $68.8 million of loans sold during 2011 resulting in higher resulting revenue. In addition to increased volume, the rate valuation, and subsequent gains, increased. We also retained a higher portion of originated mortgage loans within their portfolio during 2012, resulting in balance sheet increases of $61.4 million and $30.2 million of conventional real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, respectively, excluding increases due to the acquisition of TNB. Net loss on sale of OREO and fixed assets increased $177 thousand during 2012 as we recognized a net loss of $150 thousand on other real estate and chattel property owned during 2012 compared to gains of $27 thousand in 2011.

Rental income increased $22 thousand, or 3.08%, as revenue within this category remained relatively unchanged. The realized gain in Charter Holding decreased $129 thousand, or 22.51%, to $444 thousand for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $573 thousand for the same period in 2011, as a direct reflection of earnings reported by Charter Holding. Brokerage service income decreased from $3 thousand to no recorded earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012, as the Bank focused on other non-deposit products including products offered by its insurance agency. Bank-owned life insurance increased $113 thousand to $545 thousand due primarily to increased investment of $5.0 million in bank-owned life insurance. Insurance commissions increased $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $119 thousand in 2011. The insurance commissions for 2011 reflect earnings from the acquisition of McCrillis & Eldredge on November 10, 2011 through year end.

Total noninterest expenses increased $2.4 million, or 8.81%, to $29.5 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $27.1 million for the same period in 2011. Salaries and employee benefits increased $716 thousand, or 5.00%, to $15.0 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $14.3 million for the same period in 2011. Gross salaries and benefits paid, which exclude the deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans, increased $1.6 million, or 10.03%, to $17.2 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $15.7 million for the same period in 2011. Gross salaries increased $1.4 million, or 13.15%, to $12.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, compared to the same period in 2011. In addition to ordinary staffing additions, the full year of McCrillis & Eldredge salary expense accounted for $525 thousand, or 36.41% of the increase. Average full time equivalents increased to 278 for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, compared to 234 for the same period in 2011. Benefits costs increased $361 thousand. This increase includes increases of $90 thousand related to retirement costs and $175 thousand, or 21.21%, increase in health insurance costs. The deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans increased $856 thousand, or 62.80%, to $2.2 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $1.4 million for the same period in 2011. This deferral represents salary and employee benefits expenses associated with origination costs which are recognized over the life of the loan. The increase is a direct result of the higher volume of loan origination year over year.

Occupancy and equipment expenses decreased $158 thousand, or 4.15%, to $3.6 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $3.8 million for the same period in 2011, due primarily lower costs incurred for snow removal and general maintenance during 2012. Advertising and promotion decreased $29 thousand, or 5.69%, to $481 thousand for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $510 thousand for the same period in 2011, due primarily to decreases in the utilization of print, radio, and television web media. Depositors’ insurance increased $9 thousand to $802 thousand at December 31, 2012, compared to $793 thousand at December 31, 2012, due primarily to modifications made by the FDIC to the risk-based assessment model and calculation which resulted in lower assessment rates during 2012 despite an overall increase in assessed deposits.

Professional fees increased $86 thousand, or 7.66%, to $1.2 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012 from $1.1 million for the same period in 2011, reflecting among other things increased legal expenses and consulting fees, primarily attributable to audit expenses. Data processing and outside services fees increased $69 thousand, or 6.58%, to $1.1 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due to increases in core processing, online banking, and collection expenses offset in part by decreases in correspondent expenses as well as expenses associated with the overdraft protection program. ATM processing fees increased $17 thousand, or 3.53%, to $498 thousand for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from $481 thousand for the same period in 2011. Net amortization (benefit) of mortgage servicing rights (MSR) and mortgage servicing income increased $209 thousand to a net amortization of $92 thousand for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012, from a benefit of $117 thousand for the same period in 2011.

Other expenses including merger expenses increased $1.6 million, or 39.12%, to $5.6 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012 from $4.0 million for the same period in 2011. In particular, expenses related to non-earning assets and OREO increased $35 thousand and $89 thousand, respectively; corporate legal expenses increased $446 thousand related to the acquisition of TNB, compensation guidance, and shelf registration in addition to other routine corporate legal needs; expenses associated with SEC filings increased $44 thousand; deposit account charges-offs including check charge-offs and debit card charge-offs increase $71 thousand; amortization of customer list intangible increased $65 thousand with the recognition of 12 months in 2012 versus 2 months in 2011; and expenses related to the conversion of TNB’s core system to our core system in addition to other acquisition and integrations costs was $444 thousand compared to no related expenses in 2011. The total cost of the acquisition and conversion of TNB was approximately $1.2 million; approximately $725 thousand of this cost was related to the stock purchase and not excludable from taxable income.

 

39


Table of Contents

Capital Securities

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by us, completed the sale of $10.0 million of Floating Capital Securities, adjustable every three months at LIBOR plus 2.79% (“Capital Securities II”). Trust II also issued common securities to us and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of our Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures II”). Debentures II are the sole assets of Trust II. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160,402 are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures II.

Capital Securities II accrue and pay distributions quarterly based on the stated liquidation amount of $10 per capital security. We have fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of Trust II. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities II, but only to the extent that Trust II has funds necessary to make these payments.

Capital Securities II are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures II on March 30, 2034, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. We have the right to redeem Debentures II, in whole or in part, on or after March 30, 2011 at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by us, completed the sale of $10.0 million of 6.06% 5 Year Fixed-Floating Capital Securities (“Capital Securities III”). Trust III also issued common securities to us and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of our 6.06% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures III”). Debentures III are the sole assets of Trust III. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160,402 are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures III.

Capital Securities III accrue and pay distributions quarterly at an annual rate of 6.06% for the first 5 years of the stated liquidation amount of $10 per capital security. We have fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of Trust III. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities III, but only to the extent that Trust III has funds necessary to make these payments.

Capital Securities III are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures III on March 30, 2034, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. We have the right to redeem Debentures III, in whole or in part, on or after March 30, 2011 at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We are required to maintain sufficient liquidity for safe and sound operations. At year-end 2013, our liquidity was sufficient to cover our anticipated needs for funding new loan commitments of approximately $20.7 million. Our source of funds is derived primarily from net deposit inflows, loan amortizations, principal pay downs from loans, sold loan proceeds, and advances from the FHLBB. At December 31, 2013, we had approximately $168.2 million in additional borrowing capacity from the FHLBB.

At December 31, 2013, stockholders’ equity totaled $149.3 million compared to $129.5 million at December 31, 2012. The increase of $19.8 million primarily reflects net income of $8.4 million, the payout of $3.7 million in common stock dividends, $316 thousand in preferred stock dividends declared, other comprehensive loss in the amount of $1.5 million, $544 thousand from the exercise of stock options, and $16.0 million from the acquisition of CFC.

The Board of Directors has determined that a share buyback is appropriate to enhance stockholder value because such repurchases generally increase earnings per common share, return on average assets and on average equity; three performing benchmarks against which bank and thrift holding companies are measured. On June 12, 2007, the Board of Directors reactivated a previously adopted but incomplete stock repurchase program to repurchase up to 253,776 shares of common stock. We buy stock in the open market whenever the price of the stock is deemed reasonable and we have funds available for the purchase. At December 31, 2013, 148,088 shares remained to be repurchased under the plan. During 2013, no shares were repurchased.

At December 31, 2013, we had unrestricted funds in the amount of $2.6 million. Our total cash needs during 2014 are estimated to be approximately $5.7 million with $4.2 million projected to be used to pay dividends on our common stock, $587 thousand to pay interest on our capital securities, $230 thousand to pay dividends on our Series B Preferred Stock (as defined below), and approximately $615 thousand for ordinary operating expenses. The Bank pays dividends to the Company as its sole stockholder, within guidelines set forth by the OCC and the FRB. Since the Bank is well capitalized and has capital in excess of regulatory requirements, it is anticipated that funds will be available to cover additional cash requirements for 2014, if needed, as long as earnings at the Bank are sufficient to maintain adequate Tier I capital.

 

40


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $20.5 million for 2013 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $1.1 million in 2012. The change includes a decrease in the amount of $1.7 million in provision for loan losses, a decrease in gains on sales and calls of securities of $2.9 million, a decrease in amortization of securities, net, of $257 thousand, a change in mortgage servicing rights of $195 thousand, an increase in the amortization of intangible assets of $575 thousand, a change in the activity of loans held-for sale of $19.8 million, a decrease of $183 thousand in impairment losses on other real estate owned, a decrease in the change in accrued interest receivable and other assets of $1.1 million, and a change of $378 thousand in the increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $2.0 million in 2013, compared to net cash flows used in investing activities of $88.8 million in 2012, a change of $86.9 million as we utilized investment cash flows and sales to fund loan originations. During 2013, net cash used by loan originations and net principal collections decreased by $2.4 million while our loans held in portfolio increased, and net cash provided by securities available-for-sale increased $69.8 million.

Net cash flows used by financing activities totaled $24.2 million in 2013, compared to net cash flows provided by financing activities of $102.1 million in 2012, a change of $126.3 million. Net cash provided by deposits decreased $58.4 million. Net cash used in net change in advances from FHLBB increased $81.0 million as we reduced our advances outstanding compared to an increase in advances outstanding during 2012. Net cash provided by the repurchased agreements increased $11.6 million during 2013.

We expect to be able to fund loan demand and other investing activities during 2014 by continuing to utilize the FHLBB’s advance program and cash flows from securities and loans. On December 31, 2013, approximately $20.7 million in commitments to fund loans had been made. Management is not aware of any trends, events, or uncertainties that will have, or that are reasonably likely to have, a material effect on our liquidity, capital resources or results of operations.

On August 25, 2012, as part of the SBLF program, we entered into a Purchase Agreement with Treasury pursuant to which we issued and sold to the U.S. Department of Treasury (“Treasury”) 20,000 shares of our Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per preferred share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per preferred share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). We used $10.0 million of the SBLF proceeds to repurchase the Series A Preferred Stock previously issued under Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. With the acquisition of TNB in 2012, we assumed $3.0 million of preferred stock issued to Treasury resulting in a total of 23,000 shares of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per preferred share, issued and outstanding to the Treasury at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The initial rate payable on SBLF capital is, at most, 5%, and the rate falls to 1% if a bank’s small business lending increases by ten percent or more. Banks that increase their lending by less than ten percent pay rates between two percent and four percent. If a bank’s lending does not increase in the first two years, however, the rate increases to seven percent, and after 4.5 years total, the rate for all banks increases to nine percent (if the bank has not already repaid the SBLF funding). The dividend will be paid only when declared by our Board of Directors. The Series B Preferred Stock has no maturity date and ranks senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.

The Series B Preferred Stock generally is non-voting, other than class voting on certain matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock. Please refer to Note 20 of our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report for further discussion.

The OCC requires that the Bank maintain tangible, core, and total risk-based capital ratios of 1.50%, 4.00% (or 3.00% under certain conditions), and 8.00%, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s ratios were 8.39%, 8.39%, and 13.03%, respectively, well in excess of the OCC requirements for well capitalized banks. Additional information on these requirements can be found under “Regulations” of this report.

Book value per common share was $15.37 at December 31, 2013, compared to $15.09 per common share at December 31, 2012. Tangible book value per common share was $8.59 at December 31, 2013. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible book value per common share is calculated by dividing tangible common equity by the total number of shares outstanding at a point in time. Tangible common equity is calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill, other intangible assets and preferred stock from the calculation of shareholders’ equity. We believe that tangible book value per common share provides information to investors that is useful in understanding our financial condition. Because not all companies use the same calculation of tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies.

 

41


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 149,257       $ 129,494   

Less goodwill

 

     44,632         35,395   

Less other intangible assets

     11,020         3,416   

Less preferred stock

     23,000         23,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

   $ 70,605       $ 67,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending common shares outstanding

 

     8,216,747         7,055,946   

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 8.59       $ 9.59   

Impact of Inflation

The financial statements and related data presented elsewhere herein are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of our financial position and operating results generally in terms of historical dollars and current market value, for certain loans and investments, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of operations.

Unlike other companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of a bank are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a far greater impact on a bank’s performance than the effects of the general level of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation. Liquidity and the maturity structure of our assets and liabilities are important to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

The principal objective of our interest rate management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts and determine the appropriate level of risk given our business strategies, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements and performance objectives, and to manage the risk consistent with the Board of Director’s approved guidelines. The Board of Directors has established an Asset/Liability Committee to review our asset/liability policies and interest rate position. Trends and interest rate positions are reported to the Board of Directors monthly.

Gap analysis is used to examine the extent to which assets and liabilities are “rate sensitive.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specified period of time and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within the same specified period of time. The strategy of matching rate sensitive assets with similar liabilities stabilizes profitability during periods of interest rate fluctuations.

Our one-year cumulative interest-rate gap at December 31, 2013 was positive 0.58% compared to the December 31, 2012 gap of negative 0.80%. At December 31, 2013, repricing assets over the next 12 months were $7.4 million more than repricing liabilities for the same period compared to $9.1 million more repricing liabilities than repricing assets at December 31, 2012. With an asset sensitive positive gap, if rates were to rise, net interest margin would likely increase and if rates were to fall, the net interest margin would likely decrease. At positive 0.58%, the assets and liabilities scheduled to reprice during 2014 are fairly well-matched.

We continue to offer adjustable-rate mortgages, which reprice at one, three, five, seven- and ten-year intervals. In addition, we sell most fixed-rate mortgages with terms of 20 or more years into the secondary market in order to minimize interest rate risk and provide liquidity.

As another part of our interest rate risk analysis, we use an interest rate sensitivity model, which generates estimates of the change in our economic value of equity (“EVE”) over a range of interest rate scenarios. EVE is the present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. The EVE ratio, under any rate scenario, is defined as the EVE in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions, which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to the changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the EVE model assumes that the composition of our interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remain constant over the period being measured and that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve. Accordingly, although the EVE measurements and net interest income models provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market rates on our net interest income and will likely differ from actual results.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table shows our interest rate sensitivity (gap) table at December 31, 2013:

 

     0-3
Months
    3-6
Months
    6 Months-
1 Year
    1-3
Years
    Beyond
3 Years
    Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

            

Loans

 

   $ 196,506      $ 85,656      $ 152,447      $ 164,442      $ 535,059      $ 1,134,110   

Investments and overnight deposit

     44,472        2,479        5,507        17,080        77,273        146,811   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     240,978        88,135        157,954        181,522        612,332        1,280,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Deposits

 

     250,056        59,649        71,296        63,569        643,522        1,088,092   

Repurchase agreements

     27,885        —         —         —         —         27,885   

Borrowings

     25,750        45,000        —         40,000        10,984        121,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     303,691        104,649        71,296        103,569        654,506        1,237,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period sensitivity gap

 

     (62,713     (16,514     86,658        77,953        (42,174   $ 43,210   

Cumulative sensitivity gap

   $ (62,713   $ (79,227   $ 7,431      $ 85,384      $ 43,210     

Cumulative sensitivity gap as a percentage of interest-earning assets

 

     -4.90     -6.19     0.58     6.67     3.37     3.37

The following table sets forth our EVE at December 31, 2013:

 

Change    Net Portfolio Value     EVE as % of PV Assets  

in Rates

   $ Amount      $ Change     % Change     EVE Ratio     Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)              

+400 bp

   $ 93,061       $ (44,500     -32.35     7.55     -255bp   

+300 bp

 

     103,541         (34,020     -24.73     8.20     -190bp   

+200 bp

     114,453         (23,108     -16.80     8.85     -125bp   

+100 bp

 

     125,731         (11,830     -9.41     9.48     -62bp   

      0 bp

     137,561         —         —         10.10     —    

-100 bp

 

     142,138         4,577        3.33     10.20     10bp   

Interest Rate Swap

On May 1, 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with PNC Bank, effective on June 17, 2008. The interest rate agreement converted Trust II’s interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed-rate basis. The interest rate swap agreement had a notional amount of $10.0 million and matured on June 17, 2013. Under the swap agreement, we received quarterly interest payments at a floating rate based on three month LIBOR plus 2.79% and were obligated to make quarterly interest payments at a fixed-rate of 6.65%.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of credit and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in particular classes of financial instruments. Further detail on the financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to which we are a party is contained in Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As a smaller reporting company for the year ended December 31, 2013, we are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Item 8. Financial Statements

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes may be found beginning on page F-1 of this report.

 

43


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file and submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

As a smaller reporting company for the year ended December 31, 2013, this report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We regularly assess the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting and enhance our controls in response to internal control assessments and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or that is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Information About Our Board of Directors,” “Information About Our Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance – Code of Ethics,” “Corporate Governance – Committees of the Board – Nominating Committee” and “Corporate Governance – Committees of the Board – Audit Committee” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” in our Proxy Statement.

 

44


Table of Contents

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance – Board of Directors Independence” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” in our Proxy Statement.

PART IV.

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedules and exhibits filed as part of this form 10-K are as follows:

(a)(1) Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II hereof.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Consolidated financial statement schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules, or because the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The exhibits required to be filed as part of the Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

45


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen R. Theroux

     President and Chief Executive Officer   March 17, 2014                    
  Stephen R. Theroux      (Principal Executive Officer)  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Stephen R. Theroux and Laura Jacobi, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 17, 2014.

 

Name

  

Title

/s/ Stephen W. Ensign

Stephen W. Ensign

   Executive Chairman of the Board

/s/ Stephen R. Theroux

Stephen R. Theroux

  

Vice Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Laura Jacobi

Laura Jacobi

   First Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Leonard R. Cashman

Leonard R. Cashman

   Director

/s/ Stephen P. Dimick

Stephen P. Dimick

   Director

/s/ Catherine A. Feeney

Catherine A. Feeney

   Director

/s/ Stephen J. Frasca

Stephen J. Frasca

   Director

/s/ William C. Horn

William C. Horn

   Director

/s/ Peter R. Lovely

Peter R. Lovely

   Director

/s/ Jack H. Nelson

Jack H. Nelson

   Director

/s/ John P. Stabile II

John P. Stabile II

   Director

/s/ Joseph B. Willey

Joseph B. Willey

   Director


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.

Newport, New Hampshire

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992 version) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

LOGO

SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

West Peabody, Massachusetts

March 17, 2014

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

As of December 31,

   2013     2012  

ASSETS

    

Cash and due from banks

 

   $ 12,005      $ 25,897   

Interest-bearing deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank

     21,573        13,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

     33,578        39,162   

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

     1,743        250   

Securities available-for-sale

 

     125,238        212,369   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     9,760        9,506   

Loans held-for-sale

 

     680        11,983   

Loans receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses of $9.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and $9.9 million as of December 31, 2012

     1,134,110        902,236   

Accrued interest receivable

 

     2,628        2,845   

Premises and equipment, net

     23,842        17,261   

Investments in real estate

 

     3,681        4,074   

Other real estate owned

     1,343        102   

Goodwill

 

     44,632        35,395   

Intangible assets

     11,020        3,416   

Investment in partially owned Charter Holding Corp., at equity

 

     —          4,909   

Bank owned life insurance

     19,544        18,905   

Other assets

     12,071        8,064   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,423,870      $ 1,270,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest-bearing

 

   $ 101,446      $ 74,133   

Interest-bearing

     986,646        875,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

     1,088,092        949,341   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     121,734        142,730   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

     27,885        14,619   

Subordinated debentures

     20,620        20,620   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     16,282        13,673   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,274,613        1,140,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, per share: 2,500,000 shares authorized:

    

Series B, non-cumulative perpetual, 23,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, liquidation value $1,000 per share

 

     —          —     

Common stock, $.01 par value: 10,000,000 shares authorized, 8,651,076 shares issued and 8,216,747 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 7,486,225 shares issued and 7,055,946 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012

     87        75   

Paid-in capital

 

     100,961        83,977   

Retained earnings

     58,347        53,933   

Unearned restricted stock awards

 

     (490     (377

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,897     (1,444

Treasury stock, at cost, 434,329 shares as of December 31, 2013 and 430,279 as of December 31, 2012

     (6,751     (6,670
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

     149,257        129,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

   $ 1,423,870      $ 1,270,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data)

For the years ended December 31,

   2013     2012     2011  

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME

      

Interest and fees on loans

 

   $ 38,034      $ 32,542      $ 31,640   

Interest on debt securities:

      

Taxable

 

     1,333        3,223        4,601   

Dividends

     52        62        35   

Other

     857        594        912   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     40,276        36,421        37,188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

      

Interest on deposits

     4,055        4,381        5,771   

Interest on advances and other borrowed money

 

     1,585        1,944        1,863   

Interest on debentures

     806        1,027        1,008   

Interest on securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     51        47        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     6,497        7,399        8,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     33,779        29,022        28,499   

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

     962        2,705        1,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses

     32,817        26,317        27,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

      

Customer service fees

 

     5,239        5,067        5,071   

Net gain on sales and calls of securities

     964        3,819        2,588   

Net gain on sales of loans

 

     2,224        2,867        931   

Net gain (loss) on sales of other real estate owned, other assets and fixed assets

     5        (150     27   

Remeasurement gain of equity interest in Charter Holding Corp.

 

 

     1,369        —          —     

Rental income

     746        736        714   

Realized gain in Charter Holding Corp.

 

     294        444        573   

Brokerage service income

     —          —          3   

Bank owned life insurance income

 

     626        545        432   

Trust commissions and fees

     2,741        —          —     

Insurance commissions

     1,467        1,315        119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     15,675        14,643        10,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSES

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     19,206        15,022        14,306   

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

     4,500        3,648        3,806   

Depositors’ insurance

     776        802        793   

Professional services

 

     1,265        1,208        1,122   

Data processing and outside services fees

     1,393        1,117        1,048   

ATM processing fees

 

     630        498        481   

Telephone expense

     706        664        799   

Net (benefit) amortization of mortgage servicing rights and mortgage servicing income

 

     (40     92        (117

Supplies

     454        373        344   

Advertising and promotion

 

     662        481        510   

Merger related expense

     1,620        1,167        —     

Amortization of intangible assets

 

     1,000        425        424   

Other expenses

     4,779        4,020        3,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     36,951        29,517        27,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     11,541        11,443        10,480   

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     3,127        3,684        2,811   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 8,414      $ 7,759      $ 7,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

   $ 8,098      $ 7,093      $ 6,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share

   $ 1.11      $ 1.20      $ 1.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, assuming dilution

   $ 1.11      $ 1.20      $ 1.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.52      $ 0.52      $ 0.52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

   2013     2012     2011  

Net income

   $ 8,414      $ 7,759      $ 7,669   

Net change in unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effect

 

     (2,382     (530     1,906   

Net change in pension plan, net of tax effect

     860        (217     (381

Net change in derivatives, net of tax effect

 

     101        182        146   

Net change in unrealized gain on equity investment, net of tax effect

     (32     8        (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 6,961      $ 7,202      $ 9,309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

   2013     2012     2011  

PREFERRED STOCK

      

Balance, beginning of year

 

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Issuance of preferred stock

     —          —          —     

Redemption of preferred stock

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMON STOCK

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 75      $ 63      $ 62   

Issuance of common shares

 

     —          12        1   

Issuance of common shares from dividend reinvestment plan

     —          —          —     

Acquisition of Central Financial Corporation

 

     11        —          —     

Exercise of stock options (103,400 in 2013, 40,042 in 2012 and no shares in 2011)

     1        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 87      $ 75      $ 63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

WARRANTS

      

Balance, beginning of year

 

   $ —        $ 85      $ 85   

Repurchase of warrants

 

     —          (85     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ —        $ —        $ 85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PAID-IN CAPITAL

      

Balance, beginning of year

 

   $ 83,977      $ 66,658      $ 55,921   

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

     513        365        —     

Tax benefit for stock options and awards

 

     30        25        —     

Issuance of common stock from dividend reinvestment plan

     202        —          —     

Shares surrendered to treasury stock

 

     265        —          —     

Restricted stock awards, issued from treasury stock, net

     —          (104     —     

Acquisition of Central Financial Corporation

 

     15,974        —          —     

Acquisition of McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance

     —          53        684   

Acquisition of The Nashua Bank

 

     —          14,632        —     

Repurchase of warrants

     —          (652     —     

Issuance/assumption of preferred stock

 

     —          3,000        20,000   

Redemption of preferred stock

     —          —          (10,000

Preferred stock net accretion

     —          —          53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 100,961      $ 83,977      $ 66,658   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 53,933      $ 49,892      $ 46,001   

Net income

 

     8,414        7,759        7,669   

Preferred stock net accretion

     —          —          (53

Cash dividends declared, preferred stock

 

 

     (316     (666     (723

Cash dividends paid, common stock

     (3,684     (3,052     (3,002
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 58,347      $ 53,933      $ 49,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

UNEARNED RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

      

Balance, beginning of year

 

   $ (377   $ —        $ —     

Shares awarded (14,500 in 2013, 35,000 in 2012 and no shares in 2011)

     (189     (440     —     

Shares forfeited (no shares in 2013, 5,000 in 2012 and no shares in 2011)

 

     —          63        —     

Shares vested

     76        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ (490   $ (377   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(continued)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

   2013     2012     2011  

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

      

Balance, beginning of year

 

   $ (1,444   $ (887   $ (2,527

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effect

     (1,453     (557     1,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ (2,897   $ (1,444   $ (887
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TREASURY STOCK

      

Balance, beginning of year

 

   $ (6,670   $ (7,151   $ (7,151

Issuance of restricted stock awards (14,500 shares in 2013, 35,000 shares in 2012 and no shares in 2011)

     189        544        —     

Surrender of outstanding shares

 

     (270     —          —     

Shares repurchased (5,000 shares in 2012)

     —          (63     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ (6,751   $ (6,670   $ (7,151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

   2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

 

   $ 8,414      $ 7,759      $ 7,669   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

 

     1,806        1,431        1,410   

Net (increase) decrease in mortgage servicing rights

     (532     (337     173   

Amortization of securities, net

 

     781        1,038        1,180   

Amortization of deferred expenses relating to issuance of capital securities and subordinated debentures

     11        11        11   

(Accretion) amortization of fair value adjustments, net (loans, deposits and borrowings)

 

     (761     122        109   

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,000        425        424   

Net decrease (increase) in loans held-for-sale

 

     11,303        (8,549     2,453   

Net gain on sales of premises, equipment, investment in real estate, other real estate owned and other assets

     (6     (40     (27

Impairment losses on other real estate owned

 

     —          183        —     

Net gain on sales and calls of securities

     (964     (3,819     (2,588

Remeasurement gain of equity interest in Charter Holding Corp.

 

     (1,369     —          —     

Equity in gain of partially owned Charter Holding Corp.

 

     (294     (444     (573

Provision for loan losses

 

     962        2,705        1,351   

Deferred tax expense

     592        479        791   

Tax benefit for stock options and awards

 

     (30     (25     —     

Change in cash surrender value of life insurance

     (626     (545     (462

Decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

     26        1,082        590   

Change in deferred loan origination costs, net

     (921     (1,118     (381

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,091        713        (1,509
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     20,483        1,071        10,621   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures—investment in real estate

     (5     (503     —     

Capital expenditures—software

 

     (286     (70     (192

Capital expenditures—premises and equipment

     (4,312     (1,297     (925

Purchases of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

 

     —          (250     —     

Maturities of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

     499        —          —     

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

 

     125,773        194,347        102,632   

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

     (124,587     (223,664     (156,667

Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities available-for-sale

 

     89,312        50,022        44,290   

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

     213        119        —     

Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —          (1,627     —     

Capital distribution—Charter Holding Corp., at equity

 

     340        438        545   

Loan originations and principal collections, net

 

     (94,515     (96,888     (35,885

Purchases of loans

 

     (10,479     (4,799     (6,372

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

 

     848        596        365   

Proceeds from sales of premises, equipment, investment in real estate, other real estate owned and other assets

 

     874        1,409        135   

Investment in bank owned life insurance

     —          (5,000     (2,500

Cash paid to acquire Charter Holding Corporation, net

 

     (3,105     —          —     

Cash paid to acquire McCrillis & Eldredge, net

 

     —          —          (175

Cash and cash equivalents acquired from The Nashua Bank, net of expenses and cash paid

 

     —          (1,623     —     

Cash and cash equivalents acquired from Central Financial Corporation

 

     17,512        —          —     

Premium paid on life insurance policies

 

     (13     (13     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,931     (88,803     (54,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Continued)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,

   2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net increase in demand deposits, savings and NOW accounts

 

     19,985        64,159        40,482   

Net decrease in time deposits

     (30,531     (16,320     (15,678

(Decrease) increase in short-term advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

     (15,000     15,000        15,000   

Principal advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

     45,000        45,000        5,000   

Repayment of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

     (51,000     —          (15,000

Repayment of other borrowed funds

     —          (543     —     

Net increase (decrease) in repurchase agreements

 

     10,664        (895     (651

Issuance of common stock from dividend reinvestment plan

     202        —          —     

Redemption of stock warrants

 

     —          (737     —     

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     —          —          20,000   

Redemption of preferred stock

 

     —          —          (10,000

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (316     (848     (484

Dividends paid on common stock

 

     (3,684     (3,052     (3,002

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     514        365        —     

Tax benefit for stock options and awards

 

     30        25        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (24,136     102,154        35,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (5,584     14,422        (8,473

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

     39,162        24,740        33,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

   $ 33,578      $ 39,162      $ 24,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

      

Interest paid

   $ 6,588      $ 7,396      $ 8,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

   $ 2,902      $ 3,633      $ 1,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

   $ 330      $ 547      $ 1,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans originated from sales of other real estate owned

   $ —        $ 237      $ 508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Write-off of assets acquired to goodwill

   $ 41      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions:

   Charter Holding
Corporation
    The Nashua Bank     McCrillis
& Eldredge
 

Cash and cash equivalents acquired

   $ 3,095      $ 2,790      $ 97   

Securities available-for-sale

 

     633        20,852        25   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —          383        —     

Net loans acquired

 

     —          88,203        —     

Premises and equipment acquired

     1,365        729        34   

Investment in real estate

 

     —          249        —     

Accrued interest receivable

     —          375        —     

Bank owned life insurance policies

 

     —          —          15   

Other assets acquired

 

     1,411        95        37   

Customer list intangible

 

     4,036        —          629   

Core deposit intangible

     —          2,086        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,540        115,762        837   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits assumed

     —          98,479        —     

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings assumed

 

     —          1,754        —     

Other liabilities assumed

     2,706        897        372   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,706        101,130        372   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     7,834        14,632        465   

Merger costs

     12,400        21,378        1,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 4,566      $ 6,746      $ 1,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Continued)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

For the year ended December 31,

   2013  
Acquisitions (continued):    Central Financial
Corporation
 

Cash and cash equivalents acquired

   $ 17,512   

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

 

     1,992   

Securities available-for-sale

     6,494   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

     467   

Net loans acquired

     127,721   

Premises and equipment acquired

 

     2,532   

Other real estate owned

     1,477   

Accrued interest receivable

 

     23   

Other assets acquired

     1,646   

Core deposit intangible

     4,568   
  

 

 

 
     164,432   
  

 

 

 

Deposits assumed

 

     149,684   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     2,602   

Other liabilities assumed

     791   
  

 

 

 
     153,077   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 

     11,355   

Merger costs

     15,985   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 4,630   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

 

NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies:

Nature of operations —New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Newport, New Hampshire. The Company’s subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb (the “Bank”), a federal stock savings bank, operates 37 branches in Chester, Grafton, Hillsborough, Merrimack and Sullivan counties in New Hampshire and Rutland, Windsor and Orange counties in Vermont. Although the Company has a diversified portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’ abilities to honor their contracts is dependent on the economic health of the regions. The Company’s primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominately small and middle-market businesses and individuals.

Use of estimates in the preparation of financial statements —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Principles of consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank, Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. (“LSGI”), which owns and maintains all buildings and investment properties, Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corp. (“LSFSC”), which sells brokerage securities and insurance products to customers, McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc. (“MEI”), a full-line independent insurance agency acquired in 2011, which offers a complete range of commercial insurance services and consumer products, and Charter Holding Corp. (“CHC”) , which wholly owns Charter Trust Company (“CTC”), a trust services and wealth management company. LSGI, LSFSC, MEI, and CHC are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

NHTB Capital Trust II and NHTB Capital Trust III, affiliates of the Company, were formed to sell capital securities to the public through a third party trust pool. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10, “Consolidation—Overall,” the subsidiaries have not been included in the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and cash equivalents —For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from banks and Federal Reserve Bank interest bearing deposit to be cash equivalents. Cash and due from banks as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes $7.3 million and $8.9 million, respectively, which is subject to withdrawal and usage restrictions to satisfy the reserve requirements of the Federal Reserve Bank and PNC Bank.

Securities available-for-sale —Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, debentures, and certain equity securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale securities are reported as a net amount in a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific-identification method.

Securities held-to-maturity —Bonds, notes and debentures which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for premiums and discounts recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity. No write-downs have occurred for securities held-to-maturity.

For any debt security with a fair value less than its amortized cost basis, the Company will determine whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or whether it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the debt security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either condition is met, the Company will recognize a full impairment charge to earnings. For all other debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and do not meet either condition, the credit loss portion of impairment will be recognized in earnings as realized losses. The other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors will be recorded in other comprehensive income.

Declines in marketable equity securities below their cost that are deemed other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

Securities held for trading —Trading securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized holding gains and losses for trading securities are included in earnings.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock —As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), the Company is required to invest in $100 par value stock of the FHLB. The FHLB capital structure mandates that members must own stock as determined by their Total Stock Investment Requirement which is the sum of a member’s Membership Stock Investment Requirement and Activity-Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Membership Stock Investment Requirement is calculated as 0.35% of a member’s Stock Investment Base, subject to a minimum investment of $10,000 and a maximum investment of $25,000,000. The Stock Investment Base is an amount calculated based on certain assets held by a member that are reflected on call reports submitted to applicable regulatory authorities. The Activity-Based Stock Investment Requirement is calculated as 3.0% for overnight advances, 4.0% for FHLB advances with original terms to maturity of two days to three months and 4.5% for other advances plus a percentage of advance commitments, 0.5% of standby letters of credit issued by the FHLB and 4.5% of the value of intermediated derivative contracts. Management evaluates the Company’s investment in FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. Based on its most recent analysis of the FHLB as of December 31, 2013, management deems its investment in FHLB stock to be not other-than-temporarily impaired.

Investment in CHC —Through September 3, 2013, the Company owned a 50% interest in CHC with one other New Hampshire bank. On September 4, 2013, the Company purchased the other bank’s ownership interest. As a result, the Bank wholly owned CHC at December 31, 2013, and the accounts of CHC are included in the consolidated financial statements at said date. Headquartered in Concord, New Hampshire, CHC provides trust and investment services from six offices across New Hampshire. Charter New England Agency, a subsidiary of CHC, provides life insurance, fixed and variable annuities and mutual fund products, in addition to full brokerage services.

The Bank used the equity method of accounting to account for its 50% ownership investment in CHC through September 3, 2013. An investor using the equity method initially records an investment at cost. Subsequently, the carrying amount of the investment is increased to reflect the investor’s share of income of the investee and is reduced to reflect the investor’s share of losses of the investee or dividends received from the investee. The investor’s share of the income or losses of the investee is included in the investor’s net income as the investee reports them. Adjustments similar to those made in preparing consolidated financial statements, such as elimination of intercompany gains and losses, also are applicable to the equity method.

Loans held-for-sale —Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. No losses have been recorded .

Nonaccrual loans —Residential real estate loans and consumer loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. Commercial loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due or when it becomes probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement. When a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued interest is reversed with a charge against interest income on loans. Interest received on nonaccrual loans is generally booked to interest income on a cash basis. Residential real estate loans and consumer loans generally are returned to accrual status when they are no longer over 90 days past due. Commercial loans are generally returned to accrual status when the collectability of principal and interest is reasonably assured.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

Acquired Loans— Acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected are initially recorded at fair value without recording an allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. Through December 31, 2012, acquired loans were generally accounted for on a pool basis, with pools formed based on the loans’ common risk characteristics, such as loan collateral type and accrual status. Each pool was accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting model for acquired loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of the loans, referred to as the “accretable yield,” was accreted into interest income over the life of the loans in each pool using the effective yield method. Accordingly, acquired loans were not subject to classification as non-accrual in the same manner as originated loans. Rather, acquired loans were considered to be accruing loans because their interest income related to the accretable yield was recognized at the pool level and not to contractual interest payments at the loan level. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments and the cash flows expected to be collected, referred to as the “nonaccretable difference,” included estimates of both the impact of prepayments and future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans in each pool. As such, charge-offs on acquired loans were first applied to the nonaccretable difference and then to any allowance for loan losses recognized subsequent to acquisition.

Subsequent to acquisition, through December 31, 2012, actual cash collections were monitored relative to management’s expectations and revised cash flow forecasts were prepared, as warranted. These revised forecasts involved updates, as necessary, of the key assumptions and estimates used in the initial estimate of fair value. Generally speaking, expected cash flows are affected by:

 

    Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – Updates to changes in expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows resulting from loan modifications are included in the assessment of expected cash flows;

 

    Changes in prepayment assumptions – Prepayments affect the estimated lives of the loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and

 

    Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans – Expected future cash flows are based, as applicable, on the variable rates in effect at the time of the assessment of expected cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company elected to account for acquired loans on a loan-by-loan basis as opposed to a pool basis. Accordingly, beginning in 2013, acquired loans were subject to classification as non-accrual and impaired in the same manner as originated loans.

Allowance for loan losses— The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

General component— The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; concentration of credit risk and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no significant changes in the Company’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2013.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential real estate: The Bank generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and does not grant subprime loans. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. This segment also includes home equity loans.

Commercial real estate: Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties throughout New Hampshire and Vermont. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates which, in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management periodically obtains rent rolls and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.

Construction loans: The Bank offers construction loan financing on one-to-four family owner occupied dwellings in the Bank’s local real estate market. Generally, the Bank makes construction loans up to 80% of value with terms of up to nine months. During the construction phase, inspections are made to assess construction progress and monitor the disbursement of loan proceeds. The Bank also offers a “one-step” construction loan, which provides construction and permanent financing with one loan closing. The “one-step” is provided under the same terms and conditions of the Bank’s conventional residential program.

Commercial loans: Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Consumer loans: Loans in this segment are unsecured or secured by collateral such as automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles. Repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

Allocated component —The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

Unallocated component— An unallocated component may be maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

Deferred loan origination fees —Loan origination, commitment fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield. The Company amortizes these amounts over the contractual lives of the related loans.

Loan servicing —The Company recognizes as separate assets from their related loans the rights to service mortgage loans for others, either through acquisition of those rights or from the sale or securitization of loans with the servicing rights retained on those loans, based on their relative fair values. To determine the fair value of the servicing rights created, the Company uses the market prices under comparable servicing sale contracts, when available, or alternatively uses a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of the servicing rights. In using this valuation method, the Company incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which includes estimates of the cost of servicing loans, the discount rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates.

Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. Refinance activities are considered in estimating the period’s net servicing revenues. Impairment of mortgage servicing rights is assessed based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on a current market interest rate. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on the interest rate risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value.

Concentration of credit risk —Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within the states of New Hampshire and Vermont. There are no concentrations of credit to borrowers that have similar economic characteristics. The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio is composed of loans collateralized by real estate located in the states of New Hampshire and Vermont.

Premises and equipment —Company premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated lives are 5 to 40 years for buildings and premises and 3 to 15 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Expenditures for replacements or major improvements are capitalized; expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon the sale or retirement of Company premises and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is included in income.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

Investment in real estate —Investment in real estate is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The buildings are being depreciated over their useful lives. The properties consist of three buildings that the Company rents for commercial purposes. Rental income is recorded in income when received and expenses for maintaining these assets are charged to expense as incurred.

Real estate owned and property acquired in settlement of loans —The Company classifies loans as in-substance repossessed or foreclosed if the Company receives physical possession of the debtor’s assets regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place. At the time of foreclosure or possession, the Company records the property at the lower of fair value minus estimated costs to sell or the outstanding balance of the loan. All properties are periodically reviewed and declines in the value of the property are charged against income.

Earnings per share —Basic earnings per share represents net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. If rights to dividends on unvested options/awards are non-forfeitable, these unvested awards/options are considered outstanding in the computation of basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share, if applicable, reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity.

Advertising —The Company directly expenses costs associated with advertising as they are incurred.

Income taxes —The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the accounting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the amounts related to such temporary differences are realized or settled.

Fair value of financial instruments —The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein:

Cash and cash equivalents —The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values.

Available-for-sale securities —Fair values for available-for-sale securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Other investments —The carrying amounts of other investments approximate their fair values.

Loans held-for-sale —Fair values of loans held-for-sale are based on estimated market values.

Loans receivable —For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries —Fair value of investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for similar investments.

Accrued interest receivable —The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable approximate their fair values.

Deposit liabilities —The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed term money-market accounts and certificates of deposits (CDs) approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances —Fair values for FHLB advances are estimated using a discounted cash flow technique that applies interest rates currently being offered on advances to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on FHLB advances.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase —The carrying amounts of securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximate their fair values.

Subordinated debentures —Fair values of subordinated debentures are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for debentures with similar terms.

Derivative financial instruments —Fair values for interest rate swap agreements are based upon the amounts required to settle the contracts.

Off-balance sheet instruments —Fair values for loan commitments have not been presented as the future revenue derived from such financial instruments is not significant.

Interest rate swap agreement —For asset/liability management purposes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. Such derivatives are used as part of the asset/liability management process and are linked to specific assets or liabilities, and have high correlation between the contract and the underlying item being hedged, both at inception and throughout the hedge period. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no active interest rate swap agreements.

The Company may utilize interest rate swap agreements to convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate (cash flow hedge). Interest rate swaps are contracts in which a series of interest rate flows are exchanged over a prescribed period. The notional amount on which the interest payments are based is not exchanged.

The effective portion of the gain or loss on a derivative designated and qualifying as a cash flow hedging instrument is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized currently in earnings.

Interest rate derivative financial instruments receive hedge accounting treatment only if they are designated as a hedge and are expected to be, and are, effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the assets and liabilities identified as exposing the Company to risk. Those derivative financial instruments that do not meet the hedging criteria discussed below would be classified as trading activities and would be recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. Derivative hedge contracts must meet specific effectiveness tests (i.e., over time the change in their fair values due to the designated hedge risk must be within 80 to 125 percent of the opposite change in the fair values of the hedged assets or liabilities). Changes in fair value of the derivative financial instruments must be effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged items due to the designated hedge risk during the term of the hedge. Further, if the underlying financial instrument differs from the hedged asset or liability, there must be a clear economic relationship between the prices of the two financial instruments. If periodic assessment indicates derivatives no longer provide an effective hedge, the derivatives contracts would be closed out and settled or classified as a trading activity.

Hedges of variable-rate debt are accounted for as cash flow hedges, with changes in fair value recorded in other assets or liabilities and other comprehensive income. The net settlement (upon close out or termination) that offsets changes in the value of the hedged debt is deferred and amortized into net interest income over the life of the hedged debt. The portion, if any, of the net settlement amount that did not offset changes in the value of the hedged asset or liability is recognized immediately in non-interest income.

Cash flows resulting from the derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as hedges of assets and liabilities are classified in the cash flow statement in the same category as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

Stock based compensation —At December 31, 2013, the Company has one stock-based employee compensation plan. The Company accounts for this plan under ASC 718-10, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall.”

 

F-16


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements— In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The objective of this ASU is to enhance current disclosures. Entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2012, FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution.” The amendments in this update clarify the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in this update do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The required disclosures have been reflected in the accompanying footnotes to the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, FASB issued ASU 2013-04, “Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.” The objective of the amendments in this ASU is to provide guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Examples of obligations within the scope of this ASU include debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, and settled litigation and judicial rulings. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013; and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements within the ASU’s scope that exist at the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year of adoption. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2013, FASB issued ASU 2013-07, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205): Liquidation Basis of Accounting.” The amendments in this ASU are being issued to clarify when an entity should apply the liquidation basis of accounting. The guidance provides principles for the recognition and measurement of assets and liabilities and requirements for financial statements prepared using the liquidation basis of accounting. Additionally, the amendments require disclosures about an entity’s plan for liquidation, the methods and significant assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities, the type and amount of costs and income accrued, and the expected duration of the liquidation process. The amendments are effective for entities that determine liquidation is imminent during annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, and interim reporting periods therein. Entities should apply the requirements prospectively from the day that liquidation becomes imminent. Early adoption is permitted. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

In July 2013, FASB issued ASU 2013-10, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.” The amendments in this ASU permit the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in addition to Treasury Obligations of the U.S. government (UST) and the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The amendments apply to all entities that elect to apply hedge accounting of the benchmark interest rate under Topic 815. The amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In July 2013, FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The amendments in this ASU provide guidance for the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendments in this ASU are expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The amendments apply to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In January 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-01, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments in this ASU apply to all reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects through limited liability entities that are flow-through entities for tax purposes as follows:

 

  1. For reporting entities that meet the conditions for and that elect to use the proportional amortization method to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects, all amendments in this ASU apply.

 

  2. For reporting entities that do not meet the conditions for or that do not elect the proportional amortization method, only the amendments in this ASU that are related to disclosures apply.

The amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). For those investments in qualified affordable housing projects not accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the investment should be accounted for as an equity method investment or a cost method investment in accordance with Subtopic 970-323. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies: (continued)

 

In January 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The objective of the amendments in this ASU is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this ASU using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. The Company is reviewing this ASU to determine if there will be a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2. Issuance of capital securities:

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by the Company, completed the sale of $10.0 million of Floating Capital Securities, adjustable every three months at LIBOR plus 2.79% (“Capital Securities II”). Trust II also issued common securities to the Company and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures II”) of the Company. Debentures II are the sole assets of Trust II. The Company used a portion of the proceeds to redeem the balance of securities issued by NHTB Capital Trust I, which were callable on September 30, 2004. The balance of the proceeds of Trust II is being used for general corporate purposes. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160 thousand are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures II.

Capital Securities II accrue and pay distributions quarterly based on the stated liquidation amount of $10 per Capital Security. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of Trust II. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities II, but only to the extent that Trust II has funds necessary to make these payments.

Capital Securities II are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures II on March 30, 2034 or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. The Company has the right to redeem Debentures II, in whole or in part at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by the Company, completed the sale of $10.0 million of 6.06% 5 Year Fixed-Floating Capital Securities (“Capital Securities III”). Trust III also issued common securities to the Company and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of 6.06% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures III”) of the Company. Debentures III are the sole assets of Trust III. The Company used the proceeds to redeem the securities issued by NHTB Capital Trust I, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, which were callable on September 30, 2004. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160 thousand are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures III.

Capital Securities III accrue and pay distributions quarterly at an annual rate of 6.06% for the first 5 years of the stated liquidation amount of $10 per Capital Security. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of the Trust. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities III, but only to the extent that the Trust has funds necessary to make these payments.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
NOTE 2. Issuance of capital securities: (continued)

 

Capital Securities III are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures III on March 30, 2034 or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. The Company has the right to redeem Debentures III, in whole or in part, at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

NOTE 3. Securities:

Debt and equity securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent.

The amortized cost of securities and their approximate fair values are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
Basis
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2013:

           

Available-for-sale securities

 

           

Bonds and notes—

           

U.S. Treasury notes

 

   $ 50,683       $ —         $ 667       $ 50,016   

U.S. government-sponsored enterprise bonds

     7,388         4         232         7,160   

Mortgage-backed securities

 

     47,612         27         992         46,647   

Municipal bonds

     20,532         63         489         20,106   

Other bonds and debentures

 

     263         12         —           275   

Equity securities

 

     742         292         —           1,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 127,220       $ 398       $ 2,380       $ 125,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

           

Available-for-sale securities

 

           

Bonds and notes -

           

U.S. Treasury notes

 

   $ 51,394       $ 29       $ 48       $ 51,375   

Mortgage-backed securities

     136,342         1,569         70         137,841   

Municipal bonds

 

     22,112         570         —           22,682   

Other bonds and debentures

     70         —           —           70   

Equity securities

     490         2         91         401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 210,408       $ 2,170       $ 209       $ 212,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale amounted to $125.8 million. Gross gains of $1.2 million and gross losses of $222 thousand were realized during 2013 on sales of available-for-sale securities. The tax provision applicable to these net realized gains amounted to $ 382 thousand. For the year ended December 31, 2012, proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale amounted to $194.3 million. Gross gains of $3.8 million and no gross losses were realized during 2012 on sales of available-for-sale securities. The tax provision applicable to these net realized gains amounted to $1.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale amounted to $102.6 million. Gross gains of $2.6 million and no gross losses were realized during 2011 on sales of available-for-sale securities. The tax provision applicable to these net realized gains amounted to $1.0 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
NOTE 3. Securities: (continued)

 

Maturities of debt securities, excluding mortgage-backed securities, classified as available-for-sale are as follows as of December 31, 2013:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasury notes

   $ 20,039   
  

 

 

 

Total due in less than one year

   $ 20,039   
  

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury notes

   $ 29,977   

U.S. government—sponsored enterprise bonds

     6,770   
  

 

 

 

Total due after one year through five years

   $ 36,747   
  

 

 

 

Municipal bonds

   $ 12,430   
  

 

 

 

Total due after five years through ten years

   $ 12,430   
  

 

 

 

U.S. government—sponsored enterprise bonds

 

   $ 390   

Municipal bonds

     7,676   

Other bonds and debentures

     275   
  

 

 

 

Total due after ten years

   $ 8,341   
  

 

 

 

There were no issuers of securities, other than U.S. government and agency obligations, whose aggregate carrying value exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2013.

Securities carried at $120.1 million and $152.2 million were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The aggregate fair value and unrealized losses of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or more, and are not other-than-temporarily impaired, are as follows as of December 31:

 

     Less than 12 Months      12 Months or Longer      Total  
(Dollars in thousands)    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2013:

                 

Bonds and notes—

 

                 

U.S. Treasury notes

   $ 29,961       $ 273       $ 10,056       $ 394       $ 40,017       $ 667   

U.S. government—sponsored enterprise bonds

 

     6,954         232         —           —           6,954         232   

Mortgage-backed securities

     38,574         663         5,976         329         44,550         992   

Municipal bonds

     10,140         489         —           —           10,140         489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 85,629       $ 1,657       $ 16,032       $ 723       $ 101,661       $ 2,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

                 

Bonds and notes—

                 

U.S. Treasury notes

 

   $ 10,494       $ 48       $ —         $ —         $ 10,494       $ 48   

Mortgage-backed securities

     24,025         70         2         —           24,027         70   

Equity securities

     —           —           377         91         377         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 34,519       $ 118       $ 379       $ 91       $ 34,898       $ 209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
NOTE 3. Securities: (continued)

 

The investments in the Company’s investment portfolio that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2013 consist of bonds and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government—sponsored enterprises and agencies, municipal bonds, and U.S. Treasury notes. The unrealized losses on these debt securities are primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates and current market inefficiencies. As Company management has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity, no declines are deemed to be other-than-temporary.

 

NOTE 4. Loans receivable:

Loans receivable consisted of the following as of December 31:

 

     2013     2012  
(Dollars in thousands)    Originated     Acquired      Total     Originated     Acquired     Total  

Real estate:

             

Conventional

 

   $ 536,588      $ 65,682       $ 602,270      $ 458,206      $ 13,243      $ 471,449   

Home equity

 

     63,736        6,828         70,564        68,175        1,116        69,291   

Construction

 

     26,062        3,660         29,722        15,233        4,179        19,412   

Commercial

     198,741        89,072         287,813        178,574        55,690        234,264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     825,127        165,242         990,369        720,188        74,228        794,416   

Consumer loans

     6,829        2,988         9,817        6,595        709        7,304   

Commercial and municipal loans

     121,256        18,815         140,071        93,680        14,070        107,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     953,212        187,045         1,140,257        820,463        89,007        909,470   

Allowance for loan losses

 

     (9,757     —           (9,757     (9,923     —          (9,923

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     3,610        —           3,610        2,767        (78     2,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 947,065      $ 187,045       $ 1,134,110      $ 813,307      $ 88,929      $ 902,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company and companies in which they have significant ownership interest were customers of the Bank during 2013. Total loans to such persons and their companies amounted to $2.9 million as of December 31, 2013. During 2013, principal advances of $275 thousand were made and principal payments totaled $1.2 million.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

     Real Estate:                            
(Dollars in thousands)    Conventional     Commercial     Construction      Commercial
and Municipal
    Consumer     Unallocated      Total  

December 31, 2013:

                

Allowance for loan losses:

 

                

Originated:

                

Beginning balance

 

   $ 4,897      $ 3,616      $ 208       $ 918      $ 58      $ 226       $ 9,923   

Charge-offs

     (851     (593     —           (302     (230     —           (1,976

Recoveries

 

     268        284        —           154        142        —           848   

Provision (benefit)

     1,071        (1,164     145         791        105        14         962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 5,385      $ 2,143      $ 353       $ 1,561      $ 75      $ 240       $ 9,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired:

                

Beginning balance

 

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     

Charge-offs

     —          —          —           —          —          —           —     

Recoveries

 

     —          —          —           —          —          —           —     

Provision (benefit)

     —          —          —           —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Originated:

                

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

   $ 71      $ 116      $ —         $ 10      $ —        $ —         $ 197   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

     5,314        2,027        353         1,551        75        240         9,560   

Acquired loans (Discounts related to Credit Quality)

     —          —          —           —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses ending balance

   $ 5,385      $ 2,143      $ 353       $ 1,561      $ 75      $ 240       $ 9,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

                

Originated:

                

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

   $ 6,716      $ 11,363      $ 1,494       $ 1,582      $ —        $ —         $ 21,155   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     593,608        187,378        24,568         119,674        6,829        —           932,057   

Acquired loans (Discounts related to Credit Quality)

     72,510        89,072        3,660         18,815        2,988        —           187,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans ending balance

   $ 672,834      $ 287,813      $ 29,722       $ 140,071      $ 9,817      $ —         $ 1,140,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

     Real Estate:                           
(Dollars in thousands)    Conventional     Commercial     Construction     Commercial
and Municipal
    Consumer     Unallocated      Total  

December 31, 2012:

               

Allowance for loan losses:

 

               

Originated:

               

Beginning balance

 

   $ 4,845      $ 3,146      $ 222      $ 721      $ 58      $ 139       $ 9,131   

Charge-offs

     (1,239     (474     (138     (438     (220     —           (2,509

Recoveries

 

     167        56        68        142        163        —           596   

Provision (benefit)

     1,124        888        56        493        57        87         2,705   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4,897      $ 3,616      $ 208      $ 918      $ 58      $ 226       $ 9,923   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired:

               

Beginning balance

 

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     

Charge-offs

     —          —          —          —          —          —           —     

Recoveries

 

     —          —          —          —          —          —           —     

Provision (benefit)

     —          —          —          —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Originated:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

   $ 232      $ 129      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 361   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     4,665        3,487        208        918        58        226         9,562   

Acquired loans (Discounts related to Credit Quality)

     —          —          —          —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses ending balance

   $ 4,897      $ 3,616      $ 208      $ 918      $ 58      $ 226       $ 9,923   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

               

Originated:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

   $ 6,964      $ 9,988      $ 1,527      $ 402      $ —        $ —         $ 18,881   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     519,417        168,586        13,706        93,278        6,595        —           801,582   

Acquired loans (Discounts related to Credit Quality)

     14,359        55,690        4,179        14,070        709        —           89,007   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans ending balance

   $ 540,740      $ 234,264      $ 19,412      $ 107,750      $ 7,304      $ —         $ 909,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Real Estate:                           
(Dollars in thousands)    Conventional     Commercial     Construction     Commercial
and Municipal
    Consumer     Unallocated      Total  

December 31, 2011:

               

Allowance for loan losses:

 

               

Originated:

               

Beginning balance

 

   $ 3,982      $ 2,920      $ 567      $ 2,168      $ 92      $ 135       $ 9,864   

Charge-offs

     (1,187     (548     (303     (147     (264     —           (2,449

Recoveries

 

     132        —          —          61        172        —           365   

Provision (benefit)

     1,918        774        (42     (1,361     58        4         1,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4,845      $ 3,146      $ 222      $ 721      $ 58      $ 139       $ 9,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Originated:

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

   $ 77      $ 231      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 308   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     4,768        2,915        222        721        58        139         8,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses ending balance

   $ 4,845      $ 3,146      $ 222      $ 721      $ 58      $ 139       $ 9,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

               

Originated:

 

               

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 5,489      $ 8,910      $ 1,006      $ 1,211      $ —        $ —         $ 16,616   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     464,524        139,433        11,725        82,771        7,365        —           705,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans ending balance

   $ 470,013      $ 148,343      $ 12,731      $ 83,982      $ 7,365      $ —         $ 722,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

The following tables set forth information regarding both originated and acquired nonaccrual loans and past due loans as of December 31, 2013, and originated nonaccrual loans and past due loans as of December 31, 2012:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    30-59 Days      60-89 Days      90 Days
or More
Past Due
     Total Past
Due
     Total Current      Total      90 Days
or More
Past Due
and Accruing
     Nonaccrual
Loans
 

December 31, 2013:

                       

Real estate:

 

                       

Conventional

   $ 2,654       $ 498       $ 2,812       $ 5,964       $ 596,306       $ 602,270       $ —         $ 3,821   

Commercial

 

     1,859         267         903         3,029         284,784         287,813         —           4,512   

Home equity

 

     53         57         52         162         70,402         70,564         —           104   

Construction

 

     95         —           —           95         29,627         29,722         —           230   

Commercial and municipal

     133         10         159         302         139,769         140,071         —           621   

Consumer

     29         60         15         104         9,713         9,817         —           15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,823       $ 892       $ 3,941       $ 9,656       $ 1,130,601       $ 1,140,257       $ —         $ 9,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    30–59 Days      60–89 Days      90 Days
or More
Past Due
     Total Past
Due
     Total Current      Total      90 Days
or More
Past Due
and Accruing
     Nonaccrual
Loans
 

December 31, 2012:

                       

Real estate:

 

                       

Conventional

   $ 3,869       $ 1,327       $ 2,461       $ 7,657       $ 450,549       $ 458,206       $ —         $ 6,250   

Commercial

 

     3,019         236         358         3,613         174,961         178,574         —           9,304   

Home equity

     555         172         144         871         67,304         68,175         —           158   

Construction

 

     10         —           —           10         15,223         15,233         —           887   

Commercial and municipal

     224         276         195         695         92,985         93,680         —           402   

Consumer

     12         —           —           12         6,583         6,595         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,689       $ 2,011       $ 3,158       $ 12,858       $ 807,605       $ 820,463       $ —         $ 17,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s impaired loans consist of certain loans, including all TDRs. The following table summarizes, by class of loan, information related to impaired loans within the originated portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

            Unpaid             Average      Interest  
     Recorded      Principal      Related      Recorded      Income  
(Dollars in thousands)    Investment      Balance      Allowance      Investment      Recognized  

December 31, 2013:

              

With no related allowance recorded:

 

              

Real estate:

              

Conventional

 

   $ 6,084       $ 7,029       $ —         $ 5,387       $ 261   

Home equity

     153         312         —           104         9   

Commercial

 

     9,807         10,432         —           10,832         534   

Construction

     1,494         1,515         —           1,749         69   

Commercial and municipal

     1,099         1,141         —           728         65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired with no related allowance

   $ 18,637       $ 20,429       $ —         $ 18,800       $ 938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

              

Real estate:

              

Conventional

 

   $ 479       $ 512       $ 71       $ 618       $ 23   

Commercial

     1,556         1,556         116         1,622         105   

Commercial and municipal

     483         483         10         527         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired with an allowance recorded

   $ 2,518       $ 2,551       $ 197       $ 2,767       $ 152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

 

              

Real estate:

              

Conventional

 

   $ 6,563       $ 7,541       $ 71       $ 6,005       $ 284   

Home equity

     153         312         —           104         9   

Commercial

 

     11,363         11,988         116         12,454         639   

Construction

     1,494         1,515         —           1,749         69   

Commercial and municipal

     1,582         1,624         10         1,255         89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 21,155       $ 22,980       $ 197       $ 21,567       $ 1,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s impaired loans consist of certain originated loans, including all TDRs. The following table summarizes, by class of loan, information related to individually evaluated impaired loans within the originated portfolio as of December 31, 2012:

 

            Unpaid             Average      Interest  
     Recorded      Principal      Related      Recorded      Income  
(Dollars in thousands)    Investment      Balance      Allowance      Investment      Recognized  

December 31, 2012:

              

With no related allowance recorded:

 

              

Real estate:

              

Conventional

 

   $ 6,057       $ 6,979       $ —         $ 6,315       $ 252   

Home equity

     158         211         —           168         6   

Commercial

 

     9,004         9,603         —           9,245         554   

Construction

     1,527         1,527         —           1,547         67   

Commercial and municipal

     402         455         —           573         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired with no related allowance

   $ 17,148       $ 18,775       $ —         $ 17,848       $ 917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

              

Real estate:

              

Conventional

 

   $ 749       $ 782       $ 232       $ 772       $ 38   

Home equity

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial

 

     984         984         129         986         45   

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial and municipal

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired with an allowance recorded

   $ 1,733       $ 1,766       $ 361       $ 1,758       $ 83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

 

              

Real estate:

              

Conventional

 

   $ 6,806       $ 7,761       $ 232       $ 7,087       $ 290   

Home equity

     158         211         —           168         6   

Commercial

 

     9,988         10,587         129         10,231         599   

Construction

     1,527         1,527         —           1,547         67   

Commercial and municipal

     402         455         —           573         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 18,881       $ 20,541       $ 361       $ 19,606       $ 1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a summary of credit impaired loans acquired through the merger with Central Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2013.

Central Financial Corporation 2013

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Commercial
Real Estate and
Commercial
and Municipal
     Conventional
Real Estate
 

Contractually required payments receivable

   $ 1,604       $ 984   

Nonaccretable difference

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected

     1,604         984   

Accretable yield

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of purchased credit impaired loans acquired

   $ 1,604       $ 984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

The following table presents a summary of credit impaired loans acquired through the merger with The Nashua Bank as of the years indicated.

December 31, 2013

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Commercial
Real Estate and
Commercial
and Municipal
 

Contractually required payments receivable

   $ 1,012   

Nonaccretable difference

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected

     1,012   

Accretable yield

     —     
  

 

 

 

Fair value of purchased credit impaired loans acquired

   $ 1,012   
  

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Commercial
Real Estate and
Commercial
and Municipal
 

Contractually required payments receivable

   $ 1,408   

Nonaccretable difference

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected

     1,408   

Accretable yield

     —     
  

 

 

 

Fair value of purchased credit impaired loans acquired

   $ 1,408   
  

 

 

 

The following table presents modified loans by class that were determined to be TDRs that occurred during the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Number of
Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2013:

        

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

 

        

Real estate:

        

Conventional

 

     15       $ 2,680       $ 2,680   

Commercial

     5         3,018         3,018   

Construction

 

     3         700         700   

Commercial and municipal

     5         560         560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     28       $ 6,958       $ 6,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Number of
Contracts
     Recorded Investment  

Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted:

     

Conventional

 

     4       $ 541   

Construction

     1         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5       $ 564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Number of
Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2012:

        

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

 

        

Real estate:

        

Conventional

 

     13       $ 1,480       $ 1,456   

Commercial

     17         5,022         4,582   

Construction

 

     4         1,340         1,317   

Commercial and municipal

     4         157         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     38       $ 7,999       $ 7,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Number of
Contracts
     Recorded Investment  

Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted:

     

Conventional

 

     3       $ 442   

Commercial

     2         458   

Commercial and municipal

     1         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6       $ 931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructured loans and leases are considered impaired and are included in the previous impaired loan disclosures in this footnote. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has not committed to lend additional amounts to customers with outstanding loans and leases that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, certain loans and lease modifications were executed which constituted troubled debt restructurings. Substantially all of these modifications included one or a combination of the following: an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; temporary reduction in the interest rate; or change in scheduled payment amount.

The following tables present information on how loans were modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Extended
Maturity
     Combination of
Payments, Rate
And Maturity
Date
     Interest Only
Payments and
Maturity
     Combination of
Interest Rate,
Maturity and
Reamortized
     Other (a)      Total  

December 31, 2013:

                 

Real estate:

 

                 

Conventional

   $ —         $ 996       $ 1,273       $ 219       $ 192       $ 2,680   

Commercial

 

     764         1,143         1,111         —           —           3,018   

Construction

     700         —           —           —           —           700   

Commercial and municipal

     —           —           524         —           36         560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 1,464       $ 2,139       $ 2,908       $ 219       $ 228       $ 6,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

 

     Extended
Maturity
     Adjusted
Interest
Rate
     Combination of
Rate and
Maturity
     Other (a)      Total  

December 31, 2012:

              

Real estate:

 

              

Conventional

   $ 219       $ 466       $ 418       $ 353       $ 1,456   

Commercial

 

     1,931         —           —           2,651         4,582   

Construction

     1,317         —           —           —           1,317   

Commercial and municipal

     64         —           15         32         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 3,531       $ 466       $ 433       $ 3,036       $ 7,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Other includes covenant modifications, forbearance and/or other modifications.

Two of the TDRs that have subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2013 are on nonaccrual as of December 31, 2013. All TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment. Of the two defaulted TDRs, one had an impairment measurement totaling $16 thousand, included in specific allowances.

The six TDRs that had subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2012 are all on nonaccrual as of December 31, 2012. All TDRs were individually evaluated for impairment. Of the six defaulted TDRs, none had an impairment measurement included in specific allowances.

The following tables present the Company’s loans by risk rating as of December 31:

 

     Real Estate:                       
(Dollars in thousands)    Conventional      Commercial      Construction      Commercial
and Municipal
     Consumer      Total  

December 31, 2013:

                 

Originated

 

                 

Grade:

                 

Pass

 

   $ —         $ 164,554       $ 13,337       $ 98,469       $ —         $ 276,360   

Special mention

     —           3,885         812         674         —           5,371   

Substandard

 

     5,708         12,373         1,880         1,193         —           21,154   

Loans not formally rated

     594,616         17,929         10,033         20,920         6,829         650,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 600,324       $ 198,741       $ 26,062       $ 121,256       $ 6,829       $ 953,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired

                 

Grade:

 

                 

Pass

   $ —         $ 80,730       $ 2,148       $ 16,577       $ —         $ 99,455   

Special mention

 

     —           1,341         —           —           —           1,341   

Substandard

     1,521         5,518         228         1,876         —           9,143   

Loans not formally rated

     70,989         1,483         1,284         362         2,988         77,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 72,510       $ 89,072       $ 3,660       $ 18,815       $ 2,988       $ 187,045   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

     Real Estate:                       
(Dollars in thousands)    Conventional      Commercial      Construction      Commercial
and Municipal
     Consumer      Total  

December 31, 2012:

                 

Originated

 

                 

Grade:

                 

Pass

 

   $ —         $ 152,162       $ 5,834       $ 54,501       $ —         $ 212,497   

Special mention

     112         1,212         761         156         —           2,241   

Substandard

 

     6,871         14,732         1,527         757         —           23,887   

Loans not formally rated

     519,398         10,468         7,111         38,266         6,595         581,838   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 526,381       $ 178,574       $ 15,233       $ 93,680       $ 6,595       $ 820,463   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired

                 

Grade:

 

                 

Pass

   $ —         $ 45,644       $ 1,922       $ 10,387       $ —         $ 57,953   

Special mention

 

     —           300         239         260         —           799   

Substandard

     381         2,037         —           —           —           2,418   

Loans not formally rated

     13,978         7,709         2,018         3,423         709         27,837   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,359       $ 55,690       $ 4,179       $ 14,070       $ 709       $ 89,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Quality Information

The Company utilizes an eight grade internal loan rating system for commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans as follows:

Loans rated 10-35: Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

Loans rated 40: Loans in this category are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

Loans rated 50: Loans in this category are considered “substandard.” Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

Loans rated 60: Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans rated 70: Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the ratings on all commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans over $250 thousand. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the Company initially assesses credit quality based upon the borrower’s ability to pay and subsequently monitors these loans based on the borrower’s payment activity.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
NOTE 4. Loans receivable: (continued)

 

Loan Servicing Rights

In addition to total loans previously shown, the Company services loans for other financial institutions. Participation loans are loans originated by the Company for a group of banks. Sold loans are loans originated by the Company and sold to the secondary market. The Company services these loans and remits the payments received to the buyer. The Company specifically originates long-term, fixed-rate loans to sell. The amount of loans sold and participated out which are serviced by the Company are as follows as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Sold loans

   $ 417,274       $ 385,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Participation loans

   $ 30,022       $ 31,428   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balance of capitalized servicing rights, net of valuation allowances, included in other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $2.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

Servicing rights of $1.6 million, $1.4 million and $651 thousand were capitalized in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization of capitalized servicing rights was $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $811 thousand in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The fair value of capitalized servicing rights was $4.1 million and $3.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Following is an analysis of the aggregate changes in the valuation allowances for capitalized servicing rights:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 69      $ 58   

Additions

     155        224   

Reductions

     (159     (213
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 65      $ 69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

NOTE 5. Premises and equipment:

Premises and equipment are shown on the consolidated balance sheets at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, as follows as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Land and land improvements

   $ 3,235       $ 2,694   

Buildings and premises

 

     25,653         20,030   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     12,566         10,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     41,454         33,388   

Less—Accumulated depreciation

     17,612         16,127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,842       $ 17,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $1.5 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
NOTE 6. Investment in real estate:

The balance in investment in real estate consisted of the following as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Land and land improvements

   $ 412       $ 551   

Buildings and premises

     4,163         4,269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,575         4,820   

Less—Accumulated depreciation

     894         746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,681       $ 4,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rental income from investment in real estate amounted to $309 thousand, $283 thousand and $241 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Depreciation expense amounted to $153 thousand, $129 thousand and $99 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

NOTE 7. Deposits:

Deposits are summarized as follows as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Demand deposits

   $ 101,446       $ 74,132   

Savings

 

     218,100         190,467   

N.O.W.

     303,054         248,330   

Money market

 

     104,755         82,608   

Time deposits

     360,737         353,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,088,092       $ 949,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2013:

 

(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 238,004   

2015

     63,611   

2016

     36,783   

2017

     12,767   

2018

     9,572   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 360,737   
  

 

 

 

Interest expense by major category of interest-bearing deposits is summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Time deposits

   $ 3,283       $ 3,762       $ 5,044   

N.O.W.

 

     248         209         261   

Money market

     297         137         164   

Savings

     227         273         302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,055       $ 4,381       $ 5,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits from related parties held by the Bank as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $3.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
NOTE 7. Deposits: (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, time deposits include $157.0 million and $183.6 million, respectively, of certificates of deposit with a minimum balance of $100 thousand. Generally, deposits in excess of $250 thousand are not federally insured.

The aggregate amount of brokered time deposits as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $20.8 million and $25.0 million, respectively. Brokered time deposits of $20.0 million are not included in time deposits accounts in denominations of $100 thousand or more above. Brokered time deposits representing actual balances over $100 thousand for individual accounts totaling $595 thousand are included in time deposit accounts in denominations of $100 thousand or more above.

 

NOTE 8. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Letters of Credit:

Advances consist of funds borrowed from the FHLB.

Maturities of advances from the FHLB for the years ending after December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 70,750   

2015

     26,000   

2016

     15,000   

2018

     10,000   

Fair value adjustment

     (16
  

 

 

 
   $ 121,734   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the following advance from the FHLB was redeemable at par at the option of the FHLB (dollars in thousands):

 

MATURITY DATE

  

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION DATE

   AMOUNT  

April 30, 2018

   January 28, 2014 and quarterly thereafter    $ 10,000   

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a $1.0 million putable advance (Knock-out Advance) from the FHLB which matures on September 1, 2015, and has a fixed interest rate of 4.13%. The FHLB will require that this borrowing become due immediately upon its Strike Date (next strike date is March 3, 2014 and quarterly thereafter) if the three month LIBOR equals or exceeds the Strike Rate of 6.75%. As of December 31, 2013, the three month LIBOR was at 0.25%.

At December 31, 2013, the interest rates on FHLB advances ranged from 0.28% to 4.13%. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2013 was 1.15%.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had $46.3 million of stand-by letters of credit issued by the FHLB to secure customer deposits.

Borrowings, including letters of credit, from the FHLB are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one to four family properties, certain unencumbered investment securities and other qualified assets.

 

NOTE 9. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

The securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of December 31, 2013 are securities sold on a short-term basis by the Bank that have been accounted for not as sales but as borrowings. The securities consisted of debt securities issued by U.S. government agencies. The securities were held in the Bank’s safekeeping account at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston under the control of the Bank and pledged to the purchasers of the securities. The purchasers have agreed to sell to the Bank substantially identical securities at the maturity of the agreements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
NOTE 10. Income taxes:

The components of income tax expense are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Current tax expense

   $ 2,535       $ 3,205       $ 2,020   

Deferred tax expense

     592         479         791   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 3,127       $ 3,684       $ 2,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reasons for the differences between the tax at the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     % of
Income
    % of
Income
    % of
Income
 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

     34.0     34.0     34.0   

Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:

 

      

Tax-exempt income

     (6.8     (5.5     (7.5

Dividends received deduction

 

     (1.0     (1.2     (1.4

Federal tax credits

     (0.3     (0.3     (0.3

Merger related expenses

 

     2.3        2.2        —     

Other, net

     (1.1     3.0        2.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rates

     27.1     32.2     26.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities as follows as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Interest on non-performing loans

 

   $ 134      $ 139   

Allowance for loan losses

     3,505        3,554   

Deferred compensation

 

     1,150        714   

Deferred retirement expense

     1,330        951   

Restricted stock awards

 

     26        15   

Accrued directors’ fees

     21        27   

Accrued group health contingency

 

     32        52   

Write-down of securities

     48        —     

Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

     784        —     

Net unrealized loss on derivative

     —          65   

Unrecognized employee benefits under ASC 715-10

 

     1,113        1,680   

Other

     —          252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     8,143        7,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Deferred loan costs, net of fees

 

     (1,485     (1,149

Prepaid pension

     (1,643     (1,621

Accelerated depreciation

 

     (721     (611

Purchased goodwill

     (3,447     (3,257

Mortgage servicing rights

 

     (1,002     (851

Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

     —          (777

Core deposit intangibles and other market value adjustments

 

     (1,984     (1,180

Other

     (168     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (10,450     (9,446
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (2,307   $ (1,997
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents
NOTE 10. Income taxes: (continued)

 

During 2013, the Company acquired CHC. Upon acquisition, deferred taxes were decreased by $1.3 million due to existing deferred taxes and acquisition accounting adjustments.

During 2013, the Company acquired Central Financial Corporation. Upon acquisition, deferred taxes were increased by $691 thousand due to existing deferred taxes and acquisition accounting adjustments.

During 2012, the Company acquired The Nashua Bank. Upon acquisition, deferred taxes were decreased by $223 thousand due to existing deferred taxes and acquisition accounting adjustments.

It is the Company’s policy to provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state income tax matters. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013.

 

NOTE 11. Stock compensation plans:

During December 31, 2013, the Company had two fixed stock-based employee compensation plans, the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) and the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan” and collectively, the “Plans”).

As of December 31, 2013, 159,500 shares are available to be granted under the 2004 Plan in the form of grants of options or shares of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2013, there were 123,000 options and 44,500 restricted stock awards outstanding under the 2004 Plan. There are currently no outstanding options under the 1998 Plan.

Under the 2004 Plan, the exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an option’s maximum term is 10 years. Options were exercisable immediately upon grant. No modifications have been made to the terms of the option agreements.

A summary of the options issued pursuant to the Plans as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and changes during the years ending on those dates is presented below:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
           Weighted-Average            Weighted-Average            Weighted-Average  
     Shares     Exercise Price      Shares     Exercise Price      Shares     Exercise Price  

Outstanding at beginning of year

     245,000      $ 13.23         304,042      $ 12.66         306,042      $ 12.66   

Forfeited

 

     (18,600     13.15         (19,000     12.74         (2,000     13.25   

Exercised

     (103,400     13.07         (40,042     9.13         —          —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of year

     123,000      $ 13.38         245,000      $ 13.23         304,042      $ 12.66   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Options exercisable at year-end

     123,000           245,000           304,042     

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

     —             —             —       

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013:

 

Options Outstanding and Exercisable
Exercise Price      Number
Outstanding
     Remaining
Contractual Life
$         13.25         115,500       1.9 years
  15.30         7,500       2.1 years
  

 

 

    
$         13.38         123,000       1.9 years
  

 

 

    

The Company granted a total of 4,500 shares of restricted stock to a non-executive employee effective March 1, 2013. The restricted stock was granted under the 2004 Plan. The restricted stock vests ratably over a five year period beginning on March 1, 2014. Compensation expense relating to these restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $13.50 per share and amounted to $10 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2013. The remaining unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2013 of $51 thousand will be recognized over the next 4.2 years.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
NOTE 11. Stock compensation plans: (continued)

 

The Company granted a total of 10,000 shares of restricted stock to the Executive Chairman effective May 1, 2013. The restricted stock was granted under the 2004 Plan. The restricted stock vests ratably over a five year period beginning on May 1, 2014. Compensation expense relating to these restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $12.81 per share and amounted to $17 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2013. The remaining unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2013 of $111 thousand will be recognized over the next 4.3 years.

The Company granted a total of 35,000 shares of restricted stock to seven directors effective June 14, 2012. The restricted stock was granted under the 2004 Plan and awards directors shares of restricted common stock of the Company. In 2012, 5,000 shares of the awarded restricted stock shares were forfeited, leaving 30,000 shares of restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2013. The restricted stock vests ratably over a five year period beginning on June 13, 2013. Compensation expense relating to the restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $12.56 per share; and amounted to $75 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2013 and $38 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2012. The remaining unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2013 of $264 thousand will be recognized over the next 3.5 years.

 

NOTE 12. Employee benefit plans:

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all full-time employees who have attained age 21 and have completed one year of service. Annual contributions to the plan are based on actuarial estimates. In December 2006, the Company elected to suspend the plan so that employees no longer earn additional benefits for future service under this plan.

The following tables set forth information about the plan for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

   $ 7,507      $ 6,560      $ 6,022   

Interest cost

     332        338        327   

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

     (648     838        377   

Benefits paid

     (220     (229     (166

Settlements

     (10     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     6,961        7,507        6,560   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

 

      

Plan assets at estimated fair value at beginning of year

     7,361        6,828        6,354   

Actual return on plan assets

 

     1,055        756        40   

Benefits paid

     (220     (229     (166

Settlements

 

     (10     —          —     

Contributions

     —          6        600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     8,186        7,361        6,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ 1,225      $ (146   $ 268   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, before tax effect, consist of unrecognized net actuarial losses of $2.8 million and $4.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The discount rate and rate of increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation were 5.00% and 0%, respectively, at December 31, 2013, 4.50% and 0%, respectively, at December 31, 2012, and 5.25% and 0%, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $7.0 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents
NOTE 12. Employee benefit plans: (continued)

 

Components of net periodic cost and other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Interest cost on benefit obligation

   $ 332      $ 338      $ 327   

Expected return on assets

 

     (579     (536     (501

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss

     303        258        206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic cost

     56        60        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss, before tax effect:

      

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

     (1,124     618        838   

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss

     (303     (258     (206
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss

     (1,427     360        632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive (income) loss

   $ (1,371   $ 420      $ 664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated net loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic pension benefit over the year ended December 31, 2014 is $173 thousand.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the assumptions used to determine the net period pension cost are as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     4.50     5.25     5.50

Increase in future compensation levels

 

     —          —          —     

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     8.00        8.00        8.00   

The Company has examined the historical benchmarks for returns in each asset class in its portfolio, and based on the target asset mix has developed a weighted-average expected return for the portfolio as a whole, partly taking into consideration forecasts of long-term expected inflation rates of 3.0%. The long-term rate of return used by the Company is 8.0%. This rate was determined by adding the expected inflation rates to the weighted sum of the expected long-term return on each asset allocation.

Plan Assets

The Company’s pension plan assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2013, by asset category, are as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  

Asset Category

   Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 
(Dollars in thousands)                            

December 31, 2013:

           

U.S. equity securities

 

   $ 857       $ 462       $ 395       $ —     

Registered investment companies (a)

     7,184         7,184         —           —     

Money market

     145         145         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 8,186       $ 7,791       $ 395       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes 53% invested in fixed income funds and 47% invested in equity and index funds.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
NOTE 12. Employee benefit plans: (continued)

 

The Company’s pension plan assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2012, by asset category, are as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:

 

 

Asset Category

   Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 
(Dollars in thousands)                            

December 31, 2012:

           

U.S. equity securities

 

   $ 1,052       $ 385       $ 667       $ —     

Registered investment companies (a)

     6,176         6,176         —           —     

Money market

     133         133         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 7,361       $ 6,694       $ 667       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes 57% invested in fixed income funds and 43% invested in equity and index funds.

The Company’s pension plan assets are generally classified within level 1 or level 2 of the fair value hierarchy (See Note 14, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the fair value hierarchy) because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

Equity securities include 30,294 shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The fair values of the shares on those dates were $462 thousand (5.6% of total plan assets) and $385 thousand (5.2% of total plan assets), respectively.

The investment policy for the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company is based on ERISA standards for prudent investing. The Company seeks maximum return, while limiting risk, through a balanced portfolio of equity and fixed income investments. The investment objectives also include appreciation of principal with a modest requirement for current income. The investment horizon varies with circumstances. Within each asset class, a diversified mix of individual securities and bonds is selected.

To maximize the ability of achieving the Company’s overall goals for the plan’s assets and to provide the required level of income each year, the allocation between common stocks, bonds and cash equivalents shall adhere to the following target allocation based on market value:

 

     Target Allocation

 

Equities

   38-58%

Fixed income

   25-62%

The Company does not expect to contribute to the defined benefit pension plan in 2014.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
NOTE 12. Employee benefit plans: (continued)

 

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 274   

2015

     337   

2016

     334   

2017

     358   

2018

     372   

Years 2019-2023

     2,139   

Defined Contribution Plan

The Bank sponsors a Profit Sharing—Stock Ownership Plan. The Bank may elect, but is not required, to make discretionary and/or matching contributions to the Plan.

For 2013, 2012 and 2011, participating employees’ contributions totaled $954 thousand, $812 thousand and $709 thousand, respectively. The Bank made contributions totaling $802 thousand for 2013, $652 thousand for 2012 and $591 thousand for 2011. A participant’s retirement benefit will depend on the amount of the contributions to the Plan together with the gains or losses on the investments.

Effective January 1, 2008, the Bank amended the Profit Sharing—Stock Ownership Plan whereby employees will receive a safe harbor, nonelective contribution equal to 3% of compensation for the plan year, as defined in the plan. In addition, the Bank shall make a matching contribution in an amount equal to employees’ elective deferrals up to a percentage of compensation for the plan year, to be determined annually, not to exceed 4%. Finally, the Bank may make an additional profit sharing contribution, determined annually, to be allocated on a pro rata basis to eligible employees based on their compensation in relation to the compensation of all participants.

The Company has entered into salary continuation agreements for supplemental retirement income with certain executives and senior officers. The total liability for these agreements included in other liabilities was $4.1 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Expense recorded under these agreements was $690 thousand, $492 thousand and $514 thousand in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. $219 was paid to retired executives and one active employee in 2013 per the agreements, and $45 thousand was paid to a retired executive in 2012 and 2011 per the agreements.

Effective as of June 1, 2012, the Company and the Bank entered into parallel employment agreements (“the Agreement(s)”) with the Chairman of the Board of Directors and with the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Agreement with the Chairman ended with his retirement on May 1, 2013. The Agreement with the President has an initial term of three years and will automatically extend annually for one year unless either the Company or the President gives contrary written notice in advance. The Agreements provide for a guaranteed minimum salary and certain benefits.

In the event of voluntary termination without cause or voluntary termination with good reason, each executive is entitled to receive a severance benefit equal to a lump sum payment equal to salary and bonus which the executive would have received had he continued to work for the remaining unexpired term; and certain other benefits per the Agreements.

Upon a Change in Control as defined in the Agreements, the executive will receive the severance benefits described above with such benefits being calculated as if the remaining unexpired term of the agreement was three years.

The Company has a change in control agreement with the Chief Operating Officer in which the officer will receive a lump sum severance payment equal to three year’s annual base salary in effect as of the date of termination.

 

F-40


Table of Contents
NOTE 12. Employee benefit plans: (continued)

 

The Company also has change of control agreements with the Chief Financial Officer and five other officers in which the officer will receive a lump sum severance payment equal to one year’s annual base salary in effect as of the date of termination.

On October 7, 2011, the Bank entered into parallel employment agreements with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of MEI. The employment agreements are for a period of three years, and extend automatically for three additional three year renewal periods unless either the Company or the executive give contrary written notice in advance. The employment agreements provide for a guaranteed minimum salary, performance bonus and certain benefits.

The employment agreements also provide for severance benefits upon termination without cause, or following a change in control, in amounts of and/or for the remaining unexpired employment period as defined in the employment agreement.

In 2008, the Company adopted ASC 715, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits,” and recognized a liability for the Company’s future postretirement benefit obligations under endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements. The total liability for the arrangements included in other liabilities was $364 thousand at December 31, 2013 and $350 thousand at December 31, 2012. The Company recorded expense under this arrangement of $14 thousand in 2013, $15 thousand in 2012 and $136 thousand in 2011.

 

NOTE 13. Commitments and contingencies:

In the normal course of business, the Company has outstanding various commitments and contingent liabilities, such as legal claims, which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Management does not anticipate any material loss as a result of these transactions.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was obligated under non-cancelable operating leases for bank premises and equipment expiring between June 12, 2013 and June 30, 2023. The total minimum rent commitments due in future periods under these existing agreements are as follows as of December 31, 2013:

 

(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 716   

2015

 

     491   

2016

     402   

2017

 

     260   

2018

     182   

Thereafter

     355   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 2,406   
  

 

 

 

Certain leases contain provisions for escalation of minimum lease payments contingent upon increases in real estate taxes and percentage increases in the consumer price index. The total rental expense amounted to $603 thousand, $506 thousand and $472 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

NOTE 14. Fair value measurements:

ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” provides a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. This guidance also allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis.

In accordance with ASC 820-10, the Company groups its financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
NOTE 14. Fair value measurements: (continued)

 

Level 1—Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets, such as the New York Stock Exchange. Level 1 also includes U.S. Treasury, other U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, are not based on market exchange, dealer, or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets and liabilities.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value for December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company did not have any significant transfers of assets between level 1 and level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company’s cash instruments are generally classified within level 1 or level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

The Company’s investment in mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and other debt securities available-for-sale are generally classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from independent pricing services. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. treasury yield curve, trading levels, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the instrument’s terms and conditions.

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are generally classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For these financial instruments, the Company obtains fair value measurements from independent pricing services. The fair value measurements utilize a discounted cash flow model that incorporates and considers observable data that may include publicly available third party market quotes in developing the curve utilized for discounting future cash flows.

Level 3 is for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used. Subsequent to inception, management only changes level 3 inputs and assumptions when corroborated by evidence such as transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending third-party transactions in the underlying investment or comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalization and other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in the equity or debt markets, and changes in financial ratios or cash flows.

The Company’s impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using level 2 inputs based upon appraisals of similar properties obtained from a third party. For level 3 inputs, fair value is based upon management estimates of the value of the underlying collateral or the present value of the expected cash flows.

Other real estate owned values are estimated using level 2 inputs based upon appraisals of similar properties obtained from a third party. For level 3 inputs, fair values are based on management estimates.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
NOTE 14. Fair value measurements: (continued)

 

The following summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value for the period ending December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 

December 31, 2013:

           

U.S. Treasury notes

 

   $ 50,016       $ —         $ 50,016       $ —     

U.S. government-sponsored enterprise bonds

     7,160         —           7,160         —     

Mortgage-backed securities

 

     46,647         —           46,647         —     

Municipal bonds

     20,106         —           20,106         —     

Other bonds and debentures

 

     275         —           275         —     

Equity securities

     1,034         1,034         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 125,238       $ 1,034       $ 124,204       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

           

U.S. Treasury notes

 

   $ 51,375       $ —         $ 51,375       $ —     

Mortgage-backed securities

     137,841         —           137,841         —     

Municipal bonds

 

     22,682         —           22,682         —     

Other bonds and debentures

     70         —           70         —     

Equity securities

     401         401         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 212,369       $ 401       $ 211,968       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 

December 31, 2012:

           

Derivative—interest rate swap

   $ 166       $ —         $ 166       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 166       $ —         $ 166       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents
NOTE 14. Fair value measurements: (continued)

 

Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

The following table presents the assets carried on the consolidated balance sheet by caption and by level in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2013 and 2012, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 

December 31, 2013:

           

Impaired loans

 

   $ 2,321       $ —         $ —         $ 2,321   

Other real estate owned

     1,343         —           —           1,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 3,664       $ —         $ —         $ 3,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

           

Impaired loans

 

   $ 1,372       $ —         $ —         $ 1,372   

Other real estate owned

     102         —           —           102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,474       $ —         $ —         $ 1,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, all of which are held or issued for purposes other than trading, were as follows as of December 31:

 

     December 31, 2013

 

 
     Carrying      Fair Value  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

 

   $ 33,578       $ 33,578       $ —         $ —         $ 33,578   

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

     1,743         —           —           1,743         1,743   

Securities available-for-sale

 

     125,238         1,034         124,204         —           125,238   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     9,760         9,760         —           —           9,760   

Loans held-for-sale

 

     680         —           683         —           683   

Loans, net

     1,134,110         —           —           1,136,761         1,136,761   

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

     620         —           —           587         587   

Accrued interest receivable

     2,628         2,628         —           —           2,628   

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     1,088,092         —           —           1,091,419         1,091,419   

FHLB advances

     121,734         —           —           123,166         123,166   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     27,885         27,885         —           —           27,885   

Subordinated debentures

     20,620         —           —           19,519         19,519   

 

F-44


Table of Contents
NOTE 14. Fair value measurements: (continued)

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Carrying      Fair Value  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

 

   $ 39,162       $ 39,162       $ —         $ —         $ 39,162   

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

     250         —           —           250         250   

Securities available-for-sale

 

     212,369         401         211,968         —           212,369   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     9,506         9,506         —           —           9,506   

Loans held-for-sale

 

     11,983         —           12,164         —           12,164   

Loans, net

     902,236         —           —           918,181         918,181   

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

     620         —           —           563         563   

Accrued interest receivable

     2,845         2,845         —           —           2,845   

Financial liabilities:

 

              

Deposits

     949,341         —           —           952,949         952,949   

FHLB advances

 

     142,730         —           —           145,651         145,651   

Notes payable

     7         —           —           7         7   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

     14,619         14,619         —           —           14,619   

Subordinated debentures

     20,620         —           —           18,724         18,724   

Derivative—interest rate swap

 

     166         —           166         —           166   

The carrying amounts of financial instruments shown in the above table are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions, except for investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries, which is included in other assets, and derivatives, which are included in other liabilities. Accounting policies related to financial instruments are described in Note 1.

 

NOTE 15. Acquisitions:

On September 4, 2013, the Bank acquired the remaining 50% of CHC that was not previously owned by the Company for $6.2 million in cash. The Bank was one of the six original owners of CHC and now, as a result of this acquisition, is the sole owner of CHC and its subsidiaries. Goodwill recognized amounted to $4.6 million and of that total, none is deductible for tax purposes. A remeasurement gain of $1.4 million was recorded in noninterest income based on the fair value of the Company’s equity interest in CHC immediately before the business combination. The acquisition date fair value of the Company’s equity interest in CHC was based on independent third party valuations of CHC as a whole obtained by the buyer and the seller and the agreed-upon arm’s length purchase price of fifty percent of CHC from another financial institution. The agreed-upon purchase price of $6.2 million was based on the third party valuations. The carrying value of the equity investment prior to acquisition was $4.8 million resulting in the remeasurement gain of $1.4 million to reflect the value of $6.2 million for 50% ownership at acquisition.

CTC, a subsidiary of CHC, was formed in 1984 as a New Hampshire-chartered non-depository trust company and is regulated by the State of New Hampshire Banking Department. Headquartered in Concord, New Hampshire, CTC also has offices in New London, Meredith, Peterborough, Hanover and Rochester. CTC’s team of professional wealth advisors and investment managers work confidentially with individuals and families to create, manage and preserve wealth. Managing over $1.5 billion in client assets, CTC acts as fiduciaries for clients in 43 states and 10 countries. For the Bank, full ownership of CTC marks an important milestone in the Bank’s plan to provide a fully comprehensive one-stop financial services company. As part of this plan, the Bank also acquired a New Hampshire-based independent insurance agency, MEI, in 2011. With these strategic acquisitions, the Bank can now offer financial leadership, products and services to customers at any stage of life.

On October 25, 2013, the Company acquired a 100% ownership interest in Central Financial Corporation. Costs to acquire consisted of 1,087,416 shares issued with a market value of $14.70 per share for a total acquisition cost of $16 million. Goodwill recognized amounted to $4.6 million and of that total, none is deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired Central Financial Corporation to solidify its presence in Vermont doubling the number of banking offices with the single acquisition to serve present and future customers.

 

F-45


Table of Contents
NOTE 15. Acquisitions: (continued)

 

A summary of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisitions is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Central Financial
Corporation
     Charter Holding
Corporation
 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 17,512       $ 3,095   

Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks

 

     1,992         —     

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     467         —     

Securities available-for-sale

 

     6,494         633   

Loans, net

     127,721         —     

Other real estate owned

 

     1,477         —     

Premises and equipment

     2,532         1,365   

Other assets and accrued interest receivable

     1,669         1,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     159,864         6,504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

     149,684         —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     2,602         —     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     791         2,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     153,077         2,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 

     6,787         3,798   

Goodwill

     4,630         4,566   

Core deposit intangible asset

 

     4,568         —     

Customer list intangible asset

     —           4,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 15,985       $ 12,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On December 21, 2012, the Company acquired The Nashua Bank. Costs to acquire consisted of cash of $3.7 million, 1,153,544 shares issued ($12.76 market value per share or $14.7 million) and preferred stock assumed of $3.0 million for a total acquisition cost of $21.4 million. Goodwill recognized amounted to $6.7 million and of that total, none is deductible for tax purposes.

A summary of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    The Nashua
Bank
 

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,790   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

     383   

Securities available-for-sale

     20,852   

Loans, net

 

     88,203   

Premises and equipment

     729   

Investment in real estate

 

     249   

Other assets and accrued interest receivable

     470   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     113,676   
  

 

 

 

Total deposits

     98,479   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

     1,754   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     897   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     101,130   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     12,546   

Goodwill

 

     6,746   

Core deposit intangible asset

     2,086   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 21,378   
  

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents
NOTE 15. Acquisitions: (continued)

 

The results of operations of the acquired entities have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the respective acquisition dates.

The following pro forma information assumes that the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of each of the periods presented.

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    2013      2012      2011  

Total revenue

   $ 65,880       $ 67,299       $ 63,644   

Net income

 

   $ 10,219       $ 9,345       $ 9,529   

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 9,903       $ 8,649       $ 8,807   

Earnings per share:

 

        

Basic

   $ 1.21       $ 1.05       $ 1.07   

Diluted

   $ 1.21       $ 1.05       $ 1.07   

The pro forma information is presented for information purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of that time, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results.

 

NOTE 16. Shareholders’ equity:

Liquidation account—On May 22, 1986, the Lake Sunapee Bank, FSB received approval from the FHLB and converted from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank. At the time of conversion, the Bank established a liquidation account in an amount of $4.3 million (equal to the Bank’s net worth as of the date of the latest financial statement included in the final offering circular used in connection with the conversion). The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders who maintain their deposit accounts in the Bank after conversion. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank subsequent to conversion (and only in such event), each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution from the liquidation account before any liquidation distribution may be made with respect to capital stock. The amount of the liquidation account is reduced to the extent that the balances of eligible deposit accounts are reduced on any year-end closing date subsequent to the conversion. Company management believes the balance in the liquidation account would be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013.

Dividends—The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on or purchase any of its stock if the effect would be to reduce the net worth of the Bank below either the amount of the liquidation account or the net worth requirements of the banking regulators.

Special bad debts deduction—In prior years, the Bank was allowed a special tax-basis under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, retained income of the Bank, as of December 31, 2013, includes $2.1 million for which federal and state income taxes have not been provided. If the Bank no longer qualifies as a bank as defined in certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, this amount will be subject to recapture in taxable income ratably over four (4) years, subject to a combined federal and state tax rate of approximately 40%.

 

F-47


Table of Contents
NOTE 17. Earnings per share (EPS):

Reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations for net income are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data):

 

   Income
(Numerator)
    Shares
(Denominator)
     Per-Share
Amount
 

Year ended December 31, 2013

       

Basic EPS

       

Net income as reported

   $ 8,414        

Preferred stock dividend earned

     (316     
  

 

 

      

Net income available to common stockholders

     8,098        7,294,916       $ 1.11   

Effect of dilutive securities, options

     —          6,945      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Diluted EPS

       

Income available to common stockholders and assumed conversions

   $ 8,098        7,301,861       $ 1.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Year ended December 31, 2012

       

Basic EPS

       

Net income as reported

   $ 7,759        

Preferred stock dividend earned

     (666     
  

 

 

      

Net income available to common stockholders

     7,093        5,907,113       $ 1.20   

Effect of dilutive securities, options

     —          4,938      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Diluted EPS

       

Income available to common stockholders and assumed conversions

   $ 7,093        5,912,051       $ 1.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Year ended December 31, 2011

       

Basic EPS

       

Net income as reported

   $ 7,669        

Preferred stock net accretion

     (53     

Preferred stock dividend earned

     (660     
  

 

 

      

Net income available to common stockholders

     6,956        5,782,115       $ 1.20   

Effect of dilutive securities, options

     —          11,626      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Diluted EPS

       

Income available to common stockholders and assumed conversions

   $ 6,956        5,793,741       $ 1.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

F-48


Table of Contents
NOTE 18. Other comprehensive (loss) income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

The components of other comprehensive (loss) income included in stockholders’ equity are as follows during the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Net unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities

   $ (2,979   $ 2,942      $ 5,743   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in net income

     (964     (3,819     (2,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before income tax effect

     (3,943     (877     3,155   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     1,561        347        (1,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,382     (530     1,906   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)—pension plan (See Note 12)

 

     1,427        (360     (632

Income tax expense

     (567     143        251   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     860        (217     (381
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges

     166        302        243   

Income tax expense

     (65     (120     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     101        182        146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)—equity investment

 

     12        8        (31

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in net income

     (44     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before income tax effect

     (32     8        (31

Income tax benefit

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (32     8        (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effect

   $ (1,453   $ (557   $ 1,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the following as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Net unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes

   $ (1,198   $ 1,184      $ 1,714   

Unrecognized net actuarial loss, defined benefit pension plan, net of tax

 

     (1,699     (2,559     (2,342

Unrecognized net loss, derivative, net of tax

     —          (101     (283

Unrecognized net income, equity investment, net of tax

     —          32        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (2,897   $ (1,444   $ (887
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized gains and losses on securities are identified on the consolidated statements of income as net gain on sales and calls of securities. Gains from the former equity investment in CHC were reported on the consolidated statements of income within remeasurement gain of equity interest in CHC.

 

F-49


Table of Contents
NOTE 19. Regulatory matters:

The Bank is subject to various capital requirements administered by its primary federal regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Failure to meet minimum regulatory requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under the regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications under the prompt corrective action guidelines are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to total assets (as defined). Management believes as of December 31, 2013, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
(Dollars in thousands)    Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2013:

               

Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

   $ 123,555         12.89   $ 76,675       ³     8.0   $ 95,843       ³     10.0

Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

     113,382         11.83        38,337       ³ 4.0        57,506       ³ 6.0   

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

     113,382         8.29        54,688       ³ 4.0        68,360       ³ 5.0   

As of December 31, 2012:

               

Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

     118,109         14.66      $ 64,456       ³ 8.0      $ 80,570       ³ 10.0   

Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

     108,546         13.47        32,229       ³ 4.0        48,342       ³ 6.0   

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

     108,546         8.82        49,206       ³ 4.0        61,507       ³ 5.0   

The following is a reconcilement of the Bank’s total equity, included in the consolidated balance sheet, to the regulatory capital ratios disclosed in the table above:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
(Dollars in thousands)    Tier 1
Capital
    Total
Capital
    Tier 1
Capital
    Total
Capital
 

Total equity

   $ 166,182      $ 166,182      $ 145,755      $ 145,755   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

     2,851        2,982        1,254        1,254   

Allowable allowance for loan losses

     —          10,043        —          9,563   

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

     (55,652     (55,652     (38,248     (38,248

Mortgage servicing asset

     —          —          (215     (215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 113,381      $ 123,555      $ 108,546      $ 118,109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents
NOTE 20. Preferred stock:

On January 16, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement with the Treasury pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 10,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed-Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per preferred share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per preferred share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 184,275 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per common share (the “Common Stock”), at an initial exercise price of $8.14 per common share (the “Warrant”), for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million in cash. All of the proceeds from the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock were treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. The Warrant was immediately exercisable. On August 25, 2011, the Company redeemed 10,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for $10.0 million. The Warrant was repurchased in its entirety by the Company on February 15, 2012.

On August 25, 2011, as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”), the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 20,000 shares of the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per preferred share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per preferred share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The SBLF is the Treasury’s effort to bring Main Street banks and small businesses together to help create jobs and promote economic growth in local communities. The Company used $10.0 million of the SBLF proceeds to repurchase the Series A Preferred Stock issued under the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program as indicated in the preceding paragraph.

As part of the acquisition of The Nashua Bank, on December 21, 2012, the Company assumed The Nashua Bank’s outstanding 3,000 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “TNB Preferred Stock”) issued to Treasury under the SBLF program.

The Company’s initial dividend rate payable on SBLF capital is, at most, five percent, and the dividend rate falls to one percent if a bank’s small business lending increases by ten percent or more. Banks that increase their lending by less than ten percent but more than 2.5 percent pay rates between two percent and four percent. If a bank’s lending does not increase in the first two years, however, the rate increases to seven percent, and after 4.5 years total, the rate increases to nine percent regardless of the amount of small business lending activities. The dividend will be paid only when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Series B Preferred Stock has no maturity date and ranks senior to the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company. The Series B Preferred Stock generally is non-voting, other than class voting on certain matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock.

The Company was a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program and did not redeem, or apply to redeem, the TARP investment on or prior to December 16, 2010, therefore, if at the beginning of the tenth full calendar quarter after the investment date the amount of Qualified Small Business Lending has not increased over the Baseline Amount (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), then at the beginning of the fifth anniversary of the TARP Capital Purchase Program, or January 16, 2014, and at the beginning of each full calendar quarter thereafter, the Company shall pay the Treasury a lending incentive fee equal to 2% per annum of the aggregate liquidation preference of the then-outstanding SBLF Preferred Stock. This lending incentive fee terminates 4.5 years after the investment date.

The SBLF Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time by the Company, subject to the approval of its federal banking regulator. The redemption price is the aggregate liquidation preference of the SBLF Preferred Stock plus accrued but unpaid dividends and pro rata portion of any lending incentive fee. All redemptions must be in an amount at least equal to 25% of the number of originally issued shares of SBLF Preferred Stock, or 100% of the then-outstanding shares if less than 25% of the number of shares originally issued.

 

NOTE 21. Financial instruments:

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of credit and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

F-51


Table of Contents
NOTE 21. Financial instruments: (continued)

 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the maximum potential amount of the Company’s obligation was $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for financial and standby letters of credit. The Company’s outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of less than one year. If a letter of credit is drawn upon, the Company may seek recourse through the customer’s underlying line of credit. If the customer’s line of credit is also in default, the Company may take possession of the collateral, if any, securing the line of credit.

Notional amounts of financial liabilities with off-balance sheet credit risk are as follows as of December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 20,673       $ 31,615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Letters of credit

   $ 1,065       $ 1,395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lines of credit

   $ 122,031       $ 123,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unadvanced portion of construction loans

   $ 23,320       $ 7,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

NOTE 22. Goodwill and intangible assets:

The following table represents the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets by related acquisition at December 31, 2013:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Goodwill      Intangible
Assets
     Goodwill and
Intangible
Assets
 

Landmark Bank

   $ 2,472       $ —         $ 2,472   

New London Trust

 

     9,668         —           9,668   

First Brandon

     7,503         345         7,848   

First Community

 

     7,651         162         7,813   

McCrillis & Eldredge

     1,356         465         1,821   

The Nashua Bank

 

     6,786         1,707         8,493   

Charter Holding Corporation

     4,566         3,868         8,434   

Central Financial Corporation

     4,630         4,473         9,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,632       $ 11,020       $ 55,652   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents
NOTE 22. Goodwill and intangible assets: (continued)

 

The Company evaluated its goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and found no impairment.

A summary of acquired amortizing intangible assets is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

December 31, 2013:

        

Core deposit intangible-First Brandon

 

   $ 2,476       $ 2,131       $ 345   

Core deposit intangible-First Community

     992         830         162   

Customer list intangible-McCrillis & Eldredge

 

     629         164         465   

Core deposit intangible—The Nashua Bank

     2,086         379         1,707   

Customer list intangible-Charter Holding Corporation

 

     4,036         168         3,868   

Core deposit intangible-Central Financial Corporation

     4,568         95         4,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,787       $ 3,767       $ 11,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

        

Core deposit intangible-First Brandon

 

   $ 2,476       $ 1,932       $ 544   

Core deposit intangible-First Community

     992         744         248   

Customer list intangible-McCrillis & Eldredge

 

     629         91         538   

Core deposit intangible—The Nashua Bank

     2,086         —           2,086   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,183       $ 2,767       $ 3,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate amortization expense for core deposit intangibles was $759 thousand in 2013, $348 thousand in 2012 and $410 thousand in 2011. Amortization for core deposit intangibles is being calculated on the sum-of-the-years digit method over periods ranging from ten through fifteen years. Aggregate amortization expense for customer list intangibles was $241 thousand in 2013 and $77 thousand in 2012. Amortization for customer list intangibles is being calculated on the sum-of-the-years digit method over 15 years.

Estimated amortization expense for each of the five years succeeding 2013 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)       

2014

   $ 1,688   

2015

     1,050   

2016

     906   

2017

     762   

2018

     648   

 

F-53


Table of Contents
NOTE 23. Condensed parent company only financial statements:

The following are condensed balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows for New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. (“Parent Company Only”) as of and for the years ended December 31:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013      2012  

ASSETS

     

Cash

 

   $ 2,589       $ 3,707   

Investment in subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank

     166,182         145,754   

Investment in affiliate, NHTB Capital Trust II

 

     310         310   

Investment in affiliate, NHTB Capital Trust III

     310         310   

Deferred expenses

 

     218         229   

Advances to Lake Sunapee Bank

     28         73   

Other assets

     429         379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 170,066       $ 150,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Subordinated debentures

   $ 20,620       $ 20,620   

Other liabilities

     189         648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     20,809         21,268   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Stockholders’ equity

     149,257         129,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 170,066       $ 150,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Dividends from subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank

   $ 4,000      $ —        $ —     

Dividends from subsidiaries, NHTB Capital Trust II and III

 

     19        20        20   

Interest expense on subordinated debentures

     806        1,027        1,008   

Interest expense on other borrowings

 

     —          2        —     

Net operating loss including tax benefit

     (796     (840     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

     2,417        (1,849     (1,085

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     5,997        9,608        8,754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,414      $ 7,759      $ 7,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents
NOTE 23. Condensed parent company only financial statements: (continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

 

   $ 8,414      $ 7,759      $ 7,669   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (16     1        (7

(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

     (397     345        (283

(Increase) decrease in taxes receivable

     (87     97        (86

Deferred tax benefit

 

     (11     (15     —     

Tax benefit for stock options and awards

     (30     (25     —     

Amortization of deferred expenses relating to issuance of capital securities and subordinated debentures

 

     11        11        11   

Stock award expense

     103        38        —     

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (5,997     (9,608     (8,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     1,990        (1,397     (1,450
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

      

Investment in subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank

     (15,884     (10,364     (8,000

Net change in advances to subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank

     45        (30     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (15,839     (10,394     (8,008
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

      

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     514        365        —     

Issuance/assumption of preferred stock

 

     —          3,000        20,000   

Issuance of common stock through dividend investment plan contributions

     202        —          —     

Redemption of preferred stock

 

     —          —          (10,000

Acquisition of Central Financial Corporation

     15,985        —          —     

Acquisition of The Nashua Bank

 

     —          14,632        —     

Purchase of warrants

     —          (737     —     

Repayment of note payable

 

     —          (543     —     

Tax benefit for stock options and awards

     30        25        —     

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

     (316     (848     (484

Dividends paid on common stock

     (3,684     (3,052     (3,002
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,731        12,842        6,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (1,118     1,051        (2,944

Cash, beginning of year

     3,707        2,656        5,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

   $ 2,589      $ 3,707      $ 2,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The parent company only Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity are identical to the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and therefore are not reprinted here.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
NOTE 24. Quarterly Results of Operations (UNAUDITED)

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2013 and 2012 follows:

 

     (In thousands, except earnings per share)  
     2013 Quarters Ended  
     March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 9,857       $ 9,532       $ 9,573       $ 11,314   

Interest expense

     1,709         1,717         1,500         1,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     8,148         7,815         8,073         9,743   

Provision for loan losses

 

     414         162         118         268   

Noninterest income

     3,180         3,392         4,541         4,562   

Noninterest expense

     8,031         8,269         9,509         11,142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     2,883         2,776         2,987         2,895   

Income tax expense

     831         981         415         900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,052       $ 1,795       $ 2,572       $ 1,995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 1,911       $ 1,735       $ 2,514       $ 1,937   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.25       $ 0.35       $ 0.24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, assuming dilution

   $ 0.27       $ 0.25       $ 0.35       $ 0.24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (In thousands, except earnings per share)  
     2012 Quarters Ended  
     March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 9,034       $ 9,184       $ 9,082       $ 9,105   

Interest expense

     1,926         1,845         1,827         1,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     7,108         7,339         7,255         7,320   

Provision for loan losses

 

     155         1,074         1,032         444   

Noninterest income

     3,338         3,587         3,919         3,799   

Noninterest expense

     7,323         6,954         7,267         7,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     2,968         2,898         2,875         2,702   

Income tax expense

     886         886         845         1,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $  2,082       $  2,012       $  2,030       $  1,635   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 1,832       $ 1,762       $ 1,914       $ 1,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.31       $ 0.30       $ 0.32       $ 0.27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, assuming dilution

   $ 0.31       $ 0.30       $ 0.32       $ 0.27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

NOTE 25. Subsequent Events

On January 9, 2014, the Company declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.13 per share, payable January 31, 2014 to stockholders of record as of January 24, 2014.

 

NOTE 26. Reclassification

Certain amounts in the prior year have been reclassified to be consistent with the current year’s statement presentation.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

    2.1    Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February 15, 2013, by and between Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb, and Meredith Village Savings Bank (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
    2.2    Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 21, 2013, between Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb, and Meredith Village Savings Bank (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
    2.3    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 3, 2013, by and between the Company and Central Financial Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 3, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
    3.1    Amended Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 25, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).
    3.2    Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 22, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference).
    3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 25, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
    3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 14, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.1    Stock Certificate (filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on March 1, 1989, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.2    Indenture by and between the Company, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, dated March 30, 2004 for Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.3    Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture issued by the Company to U.S. Bank National Association dated March 30, 2004 (filed as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.4    Indenture by and between the Company, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, dated March 30, 2004 for Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to NHTB’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
    4.5    Form of Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures issued by the Company to U.S. Bank National Association dated March 30, 2004 (filed as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.1*    Profit Sharing-Stock Ownership Plan of the Bank (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, filed with the SEC on November 5, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.2    Guarantee Agreement by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association dated March 30, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.3    Guarantee Agreement by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association dated March 30, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.4*    The Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan (filed as Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 6, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  10.5*    The Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 8, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.6*    Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on December 14, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.7*    Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on March 14, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.8*    Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 2, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.9*    Form of Executive Salary Continuation Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 21, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.10*    Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and Stephen R. Theroux (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 9, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.11    Small Business Lending Fund – Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2011, between the Company and Secretary of the Treasury (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 29, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.12    First Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 20, 2013, between the Company and Secretary of the Treasury (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 25, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.13*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Bank and Stephen W. Ensign (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.14*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Company and Stephen W. Ensign (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.15*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Bank and Stephen R. Theroux (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.16*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Company and Stephen R. Theroux (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.17*    Executive Chairman Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Bank and Stephen W. Ensign (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.18*    Executive Chairman Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and Stephen W. Ensign (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.19*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Bank and Stephen R. Theroux (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.20*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and Stephen R. Theroux (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

  10.21*   Form of One-Year Change of Control Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.22*   Consulting Services Letter Agreement by and between the Company, the Bank and Stephen W. Ensign, dated February 14, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.23*   Three-Year Change of Control Agreement by and between the Company, the Bank and William J. McIver, dated February 14, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.24*   Consulting Services Letter Agreement by and between the Company, the Bank and Steven H. Dimick, dated November 6, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 14, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).
  21.1†   Subsidiaries of the Company.
  23.1†   Consent of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.
  31.1†   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.
  31.2†   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.
  32.1†   Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.
  32.2†   Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.
101**   Financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Filed herewith.
* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.
South32 (PK) (USOTC:SOUHY)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Okt 2024 bis Dez 2024 Click Here for more South32 (PK) Charts.
South32 (PK) (USOTC:SOUHY)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Dez 2023 bis Dez 2024 Click Here for more South32 (PK) Charts.